US20080287424A1 - AZOLYLACYLGUANIDINES AS beta-SECRETASE INHIBITORS - Google Patents

AZOLYLACYLGUANIDINES AS beta-SECRETASE INHIBITORS Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080287424A1
US20080287424A1 US12/173,303 US17330308A US2008287424A1 US 20080287424 A1 US20080287424 A1 US 20080287424A1 US 17330308 A US17330308 A US 17330308A US 2008287424 A1 US2008287424 A1 US 2008287424A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
amino
phenyl
pyrrol
acetamide
methyl
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US12/173,303
Inventor
Derek Cecil Cole
Eric Steven Manas
Lee Dalton Jennings
Frank Eldridge Lovering
Joseph Raymond Stock
William Jay Moore
John Watson Ellingboe
Jeffrey Scott Condon
Mohani Nirmala Sukhdeo
Ping Zhou
Junjun Wu
Koi Michele Morris
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Wyeth LLC
Original Assignee
Wyeth LLC
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Wyeth LLC filed Critical Wyeth LLC
Priority to US12/173,303 priority Critical patent/US20080287424A1/en
Publication of US20080287424A1 publication Critical patent/US20080287424A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/325—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/327—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/333—Radicals substituted by oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/335—Radicals substituted by nitrogen atoms not forming part of a nitro radical
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/32—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/33—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/337—Radicals substituted by carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
    • C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
    • C07D207/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
    • C07D207/36—Oxygen or sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
    • C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D401/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D405/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D405/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings
    • C07D405/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing both one or more hetero rings having oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, and one or more rings having nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D409/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D409/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D409/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings directly linked by a ring-member-to-ring-member bond
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings
    • C07D413/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links

Definitions

  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • ⁇ -Amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles are two major pathologic characterizations associated with Alzheimer's disease (AD).
  • AD is characterized by the of loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment, and orientation.
  • motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected, as the disease progresses, and motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities until global impairment of multiple cognitive functions occurs. These cognitive losses take place gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in 4-12 years.
  • Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of patients with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders. Neurofibrillary tangles also occur in other neurodegenerative disorders including dementia-inducing disorders. (Varghese, J., et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2003, 46, 4625-4630).
  • ⁇ -amyloid deposits are predominately an aggregate of A ⁇ peptide, which in turn is a product of the proteolysis of amyloid precursor protein (APP). More specifically, A peptide results from the cleavage of APP at the C-terminus by one or more ⁇ -secretases, and at the N-terminus by ⁇ -secretase enzyme (BACE), also known as aspartyl protease, as part of the ⁇ -amyloidogenic pathway.
  • BACE ⁇ -secretase enzyme
  • BACE activity is correlated directly to the generation of A ⁇ peptide from APP (Sinha, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537-540), and studies increasingly indicate that the inhibition of BACE inhibits the production of A ⁇ peptide. (Roberds, S. L., et al, Human Molecular Genetics, 2001, 10, 1317-1324).
  • the compounds provided may also be useful to further study and elucidate the ⁇ -secretase enzyme.
  • the present invention provides a compound of I
  • the present invention also provides compositions and methods for the treatment of ⁇ -amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • AD a progressive degenerative disease of the brain primarily associated with aging
  • AD has become a more serious healthcare problem since its initial description almost a century ago (Alzheimer, A. Centralblatt fur Nervenheiischen und Psychiatrie, 1907, 30, 117-179).
  • the number of prevalent cases of AD continues to grow at an alarming rate of more than 5% annually in Japan (Citron, M. J. Neuroscience Research, 2002, 70, 373-379).
  • Clinically, AD is presented by characterization of loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment, and orientation. Motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected as the disease progresses until global impairment of multiple cognitive functions occurs. These cognitive losses take place gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in 4-12 years. Consequently, there is an urgent need for pharmaceutical agents capable of halting, preventing or reversing the progression of Alzheimer's disease.
  • ⁇ -Amyloid plaques predominately an aggregate of a peptide fragment known as A- ⁇
  • neurofibrillary tangles are two major pathologic characterizations associated with Alzheimer's disease.
  • Patients with AD display characteristic ⁇ -amyloid deposits ( ⁇ -amyloid plaques) in the brain and in cerebral blood vessels ( ⁇ -amyloid angiopathy) as well as neurofibrillary tangles.
  • Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of patients with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders.
  • Neurofibrillary tangles also occur in other dementia-inducing disorders.
  • A- ⁇ peptide is a product of the proteolysis of amyloid precursor protein (APP) by several proteasese called secretases. It results from the cleavage of APP at the N-terminus by ⁇ -secretase and at the C-terminus by one or more ⁇ -secretase, i.e., the ⁇ -amyloidogenic pathway.
  • An aspartyl protease designated as BACE, Asp, Memapsin, has been identified as the enzyme responsible for the processing of APP at the ⁇ -secretase cleavage site (Sinha, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537-554).
  • BACE asp
  • Memapsin has been identified as the enzyme responsible for the processing of APP at the ⁇ -secretase cleavage site (Sinha, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537-554).
  • inhibition of this enzyme's activity i.e. BACE activity, is desirable for the treatment of AD, Down'
  • azolylacylguanidine compounds of formula I effectively inhibit ⁇ -secretase and selectively inhibit BACE1.
  • said acylguanidine compounds may be used as effective therapeutic agents for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated ⁇ -amyloid deposits or ⁇ -amyloid levels in a patient.
  • the present invention provides a compound of formula I
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are those compounds having the structure of formula Ia
  • each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group is contemplated as being optionally substituted.
  • An optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more substituents.
  • the substituent groups which are optionally present may be one or more of those customarily employed in the development of pharmaceutical compounds or the modification of such compounds to influence their structure/activity, persistence, absorption, stability or other beneficial property.
  • substituents include halogen atoms, nitro, cyano, thiocyanato, cyanato, hydroxyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, formyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxyl, alkanoyl, alkylthio, alkylsuphinyl, alkylsulphonyl, carbamoyl, alkylamido, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl groups, preferably halogen atoms or lower alkyl or lower alkoxy groups.
  • substituents may be present.
  • this may be linear or branched and may contain up to 12 carbon atoms, preferably up to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably up to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl includes both (C 1 -C 10 ) straight chain and (C 3 -C 12 ) branched-chain (unless defined otherwise) monovalent saturated hydrocarbon moiety.
  • saturated hydrocarbon alkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl; higher homologs such as n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like.
  • alkyl include those alkyl groups that are optionally substituted. Suitable alkyl substitutions include, but are not limited to, CN, OH, halogen, phenyl, carbamoyl, carbonyl, alkoxy or aryloxy.
  • haloalkyl designates a C n H 2n+1 group having from one to 2n+1 halogen atoms which may be the same or different.
  • haloalkyl groups include CF 3 , CH 2 C 1 , C 2 H 3 BrCl, C 3 H 5 F 2 , or the like.
  • alkenyl refers to either a (C 2 -C 10 ) straight chain or (C 3 -C 10 ) branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon moiety containing at least one double bond. Such hydrocarbon alkenyl moieties may be mono or polyunsaturated, and may exist in the E or Z configurations. The compounds of this invention are meant to include all possible E and Z configurations.
  • Examples of mono or polyunsaturated hydrocarbon alkenyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, isopropenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, butadienyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), and higher homologs, isomers, or the like.
  • cycloalkyl refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, fused, bridged, or spiro monovalent saturated hydrocarbon moiety of 3-10 carbon atoms.
  • cycloalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, or the like.
  • cycloheteroalkyl designates a five- to seven-membered cycloalkyl ring system containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, selected from N, O or S and optionally containing one double bond.
  • exemplary of the cycloheteroalkyl ring systems included in the term as designated herein are the following rings wherein X 1 is NR′, O or S and R′ is H or an optional substituent as defined hereinbelow.
  • aryl refers to an aromatic carbocyclic moiety of up to 20 carbon atoms, which may be a single ring (monocyclic) or multiple rings (bicyclic or tricyclic) fused together or linked covalently.
  • heteroaryl as used herein means an aromatic heterocyclic ring system, which may be a single ring (monocyclic) or multiple rings (bicyclic or tricyclic) fused together or linked covalently.
  • heteroaryl is a 5- to 6-membered ring.
  • the rings may contain from one to four hetero atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the nitrogen or sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized, or the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized. Any suitable ring position of the heteroaryl moiety may be covalently linked to the defined chemical structure.
  • heteroaryl moieties include, but are not limited to, heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 1H-tetrazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1H-1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzothiazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, thianthrene, dibenzo[b,d]furan, dibenzo[b,d]thiophene, benzimidazole, indole, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, purine, pteridine, 9H-carbazole, ⁇ -carboline, or the like.
  • heterocycles such as furan,
  • halogen designates fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono-, di- or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl-tert-butyl-, diethyl-, diisopropyl-, triethyl-, tributyl- or dimethylpropylamine, or a mono-, di-, or trihydroxy lower alkylamine, for example mono-, di- or triethanolamine.
  • metal salts such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts
  • salts with ammonia or an organic amine such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono-, di- or tri-lower alkyl
  • Salts may also be formed from organic and inorganic bases, preferably alkali metal salts, for example, sodium, lithium, or potassium, when a compound of this invention contains a carboxylate or phenolic moiety, or similar moiety capable of forming base addition salts.
  • alkali metal salts for example, sodium, lithium, or potassium
  • an enantiomer substantially free of the corresponding enantiomer refers to a compound that is isolated or separated via separation techniques or prepared free of the corresponding enantiomer. “Substantially free”, as used herein, means that the compound is made up of a significantly greater proportion of one steriosomer, preferably less than about 50%, more preferably less than about 75%, and even more preferably less than about 90%.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are those compounds wherein X is CR 5 ; Y is CR 6 ; and R is H. Another group of preferred compounds are those compounds of formula I wherein R is H; R 1 is phenyl and R 2 is cycloalkyl. Also preferred are those compounds of formula I having the structure of formula Ia
  • More preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula I wherein X and Y are CH; R is H; Z is (CH 2 ) n ; n is 0; and R 2 is adamantyl.
  • Another group of more preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula Ia wherein X and Y are CH; and R, R 7 and R 9 are H.
  • a further group of more preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula Ia wherein X and Y are CH; R, R 7 and R 9 are H; R 8 and R 10 are each independently H, halogen or OR 11 .
  • Preferred compounds of the invention include:
  • compounds of the invention may be prepared employing conventional methods that utilize readily available reagents and starting materials.
  • the reagents used in the preparation of the compounds of this invention can be either commercially obtained or can be prepared by standard procedures described in the literature.
  • Representative compounds of the present invention can be prepared using the following synthetic schemes. The skilled practitioner will know how to make use of variants of these reaction sequences, which in themselves are well known in the art.
  • compounds of formula I may be prepared by reacting an azole of formula II with a t-butyl bromoacetate derivative of formula V to give the azolylester of formula III and reacting said formula III ester with an aminoquanidine of formula IV to give the desired compound of formula I.
  • the reaction is shown in flow diagram I.
  • Compounds of formula I wherein R is H may also be prepared by reacting an azolylacid of formula VI with an aminoquanidine of formula IV in the presence of a coupling agent such as 1,1′-carbonydiimidazole (CDI). The reaction is shown in flow diagram II.
  • a coupling agent such as 1,1′-carbonydiimidazole (CDI).
  • Compounds of formula VI wherein R 1 and R 2 are each independently phenyl; Z is (CH 2 ) n ; and n is 0 (VIa) may be prepared by reacting a diketone of formula VII with 1-aminoacetic acid in the presence of an acid catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid (ptsa). The compound of formula VIa may then be converted to the corresponding compounds of formula Ia as shown hereinabove in flow diagram I. The reactions are illustrated in flow diagram III.
  • compounds of formula Ia may be prepared by reacting a 2-phenylazole of formula VIII with t-butyl 1-bromoacetate to give the corresponding 2-phenylazolyl ester of formula IX; brominating the formula IX ester with a brominating agent such as N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) to; give the 5-bromoazole derivative of formula X; and coupling the formula X compound with a boronic acid or ester of formula XI to give the intermediate compound of formula IIIa.
  • Said formula IIIa intermediate may be converted to the desired compounds of formula Ia as described hereinabove in flow diagram I. The reactions are illustrated in flow diagram IV wherein R′ represents H or alkyl.
  • Compounds of formula I wherein Z is CO (Ib) may be prepared by reacting a substituted azole compound of formula XII with a pyridinylcarbothioate of formula XIII to give the azole of formula XIV; the formula XIV azole may be alkylated with a t-butyl 1-bromoacetate derivative of formula V and then converted to desired formula Ib product as shown hereinabove in flow diagram I.
  • the formula XIV compound may be reduced with a reducing agent such as NaBH 4 to give the compound of formula XV and said formula XV compound may be alkylated with the formula V bromoacetate and then converted to the compound of formula I wherein Z is CH 2 (Ic). The reactions are shown in flow diagram V.
  • the compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated ⁇ -amyloid deposits or ⁇ -amyloid levels in a patient, including Alzheimer's disease, Downs Syndrome, Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch type or other neurodegenerative or dementia-inducing disorders.
  • the present invention provides a method for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated ⁇ -amyloid deposits or ⁇ -amyloid levels in a patient which comprises providing said patient with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I as described hereinabove.
  • the compound may be provided by oral or parenteral administration or in any common manner known to be an effective administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient in need thereof.
  • providing designates either directly administering such a compound or substance, or administering a prodrug, derivative or analog which forms an equivalent amount of the compound or substance within the body.
  • a therapeutically or prophylactically useful amount of a compound of the invention is that amount of a compound which alleviates the symptoms of the disease, e.g., AD, or which prevents the onset of symptoms, or the onset of more severe symptoms.
  • the useful amounts of a compound may vary depending upon the formulation and route of delivery. For example, higher amounts may be delivered orally than when the compound is formulated for injection or inhalation, in order to deliver a biologically equivalent amount of the drug.
  • an individual dose (i.e., per unit) of a compound of the invention is in the range from about 1 ⁇ g/kg to about 10 g/kg. Desirably, these amounts are provided on a daily basis.
  • the dosage to be used in the treatment or prevention of a specific cognitive deficit or other condition may be subjectively determined by the attending physician.
  • the variables involved include the specific cognitive deficit and the size, age and response pattern of the patient.
  • a starting dose of about 375 to 500 mg per day with gradual increase in the daily dose to about 1000 mg per day may provide the desired dosage level in the human.
  • the compounds of the invention are provided by administering the compound or a precursor thereof in a solid or liquid form, either neat or in combination with one or more conventional pharmaceutical carriers or excipients. Accordingly, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a compound of formula I as described hereinabove.
  • Solid carriers suitable for use in the composition of the invention include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aides, binders, tablet-disintegrating agents or encapsulating materials.
  • the carrier may be a finely divided solid which is in admixture with a finely divided compound of formula I.
  • the formula I compound may be mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. Said powders and tablets may contain up to 99% by weight of the formula I compound.
  • liquid carriers suitable for oral and parenteral administration include water (particularly containing additives as above, e.g., cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g., glycols) or their derivatives, or oils (e.g., fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil).
  • the carrier may also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate or isopropyl myristate.
  • compositions of the invention which are sterile solutions or suspensions are suitable for intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection. Sterile solutions may also be administered intravenously.
  • Inventive compositions suitable for oral administration may be in either liquid or solid composition form.
  • sustained delivery devices may be desirable, in order to avoid the necessity for the patient to take medications on a daily basis.
  • sustained delivery is defined as delaying the release of an active agent, i.e., a compound of the invention, until after placement in a delivery environment, followed by a sustained release of the agent at a later time.
  • suitable sustained delivery devices include, e.g., hydrogels (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,266,325; 4,959,217; and 5,292,515), an osmotic pump, such as described by Alza (U.S. Pat. Nos.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical kit for delivery of a product.
  • the kit contains packaging or a container with the compound formulated for the desired delivery route.
  • the kit may contain a suspension containing a compound of the invention formulated for aerosol or spray delivery of a predetermined dose by inhalation.
  • the kit may further contain instructions for monitoring circulating levels of product and materials for performing such assays including, e.g., reagents, well plates, containers, markers or labels, and the like.
  • Such kits are readily packaged in a manner suitable for treatment of a desired indication.
  • the kit may also contain instructions for use of the spray pump or other delivery device.
  • kits will be readily apparent to one of skill in the art, taking into consideration the desired indication and the delivery route.
  • the doses may be repeated daily, weekly, or monthly, for a predetermined length of time or as prescribed.
  • HNMR and HPLC designate proton nuclear magnetic resonance and high performance liquid chromatography, respectively.
  • DMSO and DMF designate dimethylsulfoxide and N,N-dimethylformamide, respectively.
  • MS designates mass spectroscopy, with (+) referring to the positive mode which generally gives a M+1 (or M+H) absorption wherein M represents the molecular mass. At the minimum, all compounds are analyzed by HPLC, MS and/or HNMR.
  • Gilson Preparative HPLC conditions Gilson Preparative HPLC system; YMC Pro C18, 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm ID, 5 ⁇ M column; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: 0.02% TFA/water; Solvent B:0.02% TFA/acetonitrile; Gradient: Time 0: 95% A; 2 min: 95% A; 14 min: 10% A, 15 min: 10% A, 16 min: 95% A; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 ⁇ m column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Example 2 Using essentially the same procedures described in Example 1 and employing the appropriate substituted guanidine in step 2, the compounds shown in Table II were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 ⁇ m column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Gilson Preparative HPLC conditions Gilson Preparative HPLC system; YMC Pro C18, 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm ID, 5 uM column; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: 0.02% TFA/water; Solvent B:0.02% TFA/acetonitrile; Gradient: Time 0: 95% A; 2 min: 95% A; 14 min: 10% A, 15 min: 10% A, 16 min: 95% A; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Step 1 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester
  • 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester is prepared from bromoacetophenone and ethyl 4-acetyl-benzoate and following the procedure in Example 11, Step 1.
  • Benzylmethylamine (220 ⁇ mol) is added to a 2-dram vial and dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (2 mL) followed by the addition of TEA (40 ⁇ L).
  • the acid chloride core (200 ⁇ mol) is dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (1 mL) and the solution is added to the amines. The reactions sit at room temperature without agitation, overnight. Water is added and removed (2 ⁇ 1 mL) and upon the final water wash the organic phase is transferred to a clean vial and concentrated.
  • Step 5 ⁇ 2-[4-(Benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl ⁇ -acetic acid
  • the resulting residue is dissolved in glacial acetic acid (1 mL) and glycine (30 mg, 400 ⁇ mol) is added in one portion as a solid using a solid dispenser.
  • the vial is capped and heated (105-110° C.) for 3 h.
  • LCMS analysis indicates that the pyrrole formation is complete.
  • the reaction is concentrated at reduced pressure (35° C.) for 12 h.
  • the resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc (2 ml) and washed with H 2 O (3 ⁇ 1 mL). The organic phase is transferred to a clean vial and concentrated.
  • Step 6 ⁇ 2-[4-(Benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl ⁇ -acetic acid ethyl ester
  • Step 7 4-[1-(2- ⁇ [amino(imino)methyl]amino ⁇ -2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-N-benzyl-N-methylbenzamide
  • step 4 the compounds shown in Table IV were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu)
  • Step 1 1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione
  • Acetic Acid (251 umol, 15 mg) is added to 1-phenyl-4-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-butane-1,4-dione (228 umol, 74 mg) and dissolved in 100 uL of DMSO. The reaction is capped and allowed to heat/shake at 110° C. overnight. The reaction is extracted with Ethyl Acetate (2 ⁇ 2 mL), dried with Sodium Sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The product is confirmed by LCMS.
  • Chlorotrimethylsilane (275 umol, 35 uL) is added dropwise to a cooled (0° C.) solution of [2-phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid (228 umol) in methanol (anhydrous, 150 uL). The reaction is capped and allowed to heat/shake overnight at 65° C. The reaction is concentrated purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (3:1 methanol:methylene chloride). 64 mg of isolated product is confirmed by LCMS.
  • Step 5 N- ⁇ 2-[2-Phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl ⁇ -guanidine
  • Guanidine HCl (700 umol, 66.5 mg) is dissolved in 1 mL of 0.5M NaOMe/methanol solution and rotated to dryness. The residue is subsequently dissolved in 400 uL dry DMSO. A white NaCl precipitate remained and the supernatant (free guanidine base in solution) is added to a vial containing [2-phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (170 umol, 64 mg). The solution is agitated in a shaker at room temperature. The reaction is quenched with excess AcOH (75 uL), concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system.
  • step 2 the compounds shown in Table V were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Step 3 (2- ⁇ 3-[(5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl ⁇ -5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Step 4 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid ⁇ 3-[1-(2-guanidino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-phenyl ⁇ -amide
  • step 3 The residue from step 3 is dissolved in 300 ⁇ l guanidine in dimethylsulfoxide (500 ⁇ moles) and agitated in a shaker at room temperature for 1-4 h. The reaction is quenched with excess acetic acid (ca. 1 mmole), DMSO (200 uL) and water (100 uL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, Retention Time, 0.76 min., M+H 443.
  • step 3 the compounds shown in Table VII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu).
  • Step 5 [2-(4-Phenethyloxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester
  • step 4 To the residue from step 4 is added a solution of guanidine (500 ⁇ L, 1M in DMSO) and allowed the mixture allowed to agitate for 8 h. The reaction is quenched by the addition of glacial AcOH (50 ⁇ L) and distilled water (100 ⁇ L), and the mixture concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, Retention Time 0.95 min., M+H 439.2.
  • Example 265 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 265 and employing the appropriate alkyl halide (Hal-R) in step 5, the compounds shown in Table X were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu).
  • Step 1 Boc protected N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine
  • Step 2 Boc protected N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-N′-phenethyl-guanidine
  • step 2 To the residue from step 2 is added a solution of TFA (500 ⁇ L, 1M in CH 2 Cl 2 ) and the mixtures are allowed to react overnight at room temperature without agitation. The contents are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative 1 HPLC system to give the title compound, RT 2.51 min., M+H 423.
  • Example 304 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 304 and employing the appropriate alkyl halide in step 2, the compounds shown in Table XII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Example 313 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 313 and employing the appropriate alkyl halide in step 3, the compounds shown in Table XIII are prepared and identified by 2 HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time o: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Example 313 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 313 and employing the appropriate bromoacetophenone and amine, the compounds shown in Table XV are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • HP 1100 HPLC system Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Example 368 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 368 and employing the appropriate amine, the compounds shown in Table XVI are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC conditions are the same as those used in Example 368.
  • Step 1 To a solution of 1.04 g (2.77 mmol) N-[2-(2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine in 27 mL anhydrous THF under N 2 at 0° C. was added 1.25 mL (1.25 mmol) di-tert-butyldicarbonate dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was added to water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with sat. aqueous NaCl, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated to give a brown oil.
  • Step 2 N-[2-(2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester was dissolved in 2.0 mL anhydrous DMF and was added to a glass microwave reaction tube containing 1 equivalent (60%) NaH under N 2 . Reaction was stirred for 1 hr at room temperature before the addition of 1 equivalent of alkyl bromide. The reaction was subjected to microwave radiation at 180° C. for 540 seconds. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was taken up in CH 2 Cl 2 and washed with water. The CH 2 Cl 2 layer was diluted with TFA to make a 20% solution. The mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature.
  • Example 390 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 390 and employing the appropriate alkyl or aryl halide, the compounds shown in Table XVII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C 18 column, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm ⁇ 2 mm, 3.5 ⁇ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH 4 OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH 4 OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • Step 1 To a solution of 1-H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine HCl in 2.0 mL DMF was added one equivalent of DIEA. The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature and added to a 20 mL glass scintillation vial containing 1 equivalent of ethanol amine. The reaction was mixed at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated, the residue was triturated with CH 2 Cl 2 , and the CH 2 Cl 2 layer was pipetted off. The remaining residue was dried under vacuum overnight.
  • Step 2 To a solution of one equivalent of 2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid in 2.0 mL DMF was added 5 equivalents of N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, upon which time 5 equivalents of alkyl guanidine from Step 1, 10 equivalents of triethylamine, and 10 mol % DMAP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, R. T. 2.59, M+H 433.
  • HPLC conditions YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm ID, 5 ⁇ M; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05 ⁇ M NH 4 OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
  • Step 1 To a solution of 2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid (1 eq.) in 1.3 mL N-methylpyrrolidinone was added 2-chloro-1-methyl-pyridinium iodide (1.1 eq.). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and added to a 20 mL glass scintillation vial containing 1.2 equivalents of hydroxybutyl guanidine and 2.9 equivalents of DIEA. The reaction was mixed at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative 4 HPLC system, R. T.
  • HPLC conditions YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm ID, 5 ⁇ M; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
  • Step 1 To a solution of 1 equivalent of nitrile in 60 mL of 1M solution of NH 3 in MeOH in a hydrogenation bottle was added a mixture of 5.0 g of Raney Nickel in 80 mL of MeOH. The reaction was hydrogenated at 50 psi for approximately 5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was taken up in CH 2 Cl 2 and washed with 1.0N NaOH solution. The mixture was filtered to remove the emulsion. The organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic extract was dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated to give the desired amines.
  • Step 2 To a solution of 1 equivalent of the phenylpyrrole acetic acid in 4.0 mL CH 2 Cl 2 was added 5 equivalent N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, upon which time 5 equivalents of 1-H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine HCl, 10 equivalents of triethylamine and 10 mol % DMAP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 21 ⁇ 2 hours. The reaction was filtered and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated.
  • Step 3 The residue from Step 2 was taken up in CH 2 Cl 2 and 3 equivalents of DIEA and amine were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, R. T. 2.32, M+H 473.
  • HPLC conditions YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm ID, 5 ⁇ M; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C 18 column, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm ⁇ 2 mm, 3.5 ⁇ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH 4 OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH 4 OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • HPLCconditions YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm ⁇ 50 mm ID, 5 uM; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH 4 OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD. [M+H] 469, retention time 2.7 min.
  • Example 431 Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 431 and employing the appropriatealkylsulfonyl chloride, R′SO 2 Cl, the compounds shown in Table XXI are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • HPLC Conditions HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C 18 column, 2 mm (i.d.) ⁇ 50 mm ⁇ 2 mm, 3.5 ⁇ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH 4 OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH 4 OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ⁇ 2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 ⁇ L; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • Step 1 1-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrole-2-boronic acid (Frontier Scientific, 15.2731 g, 72.38 mmol) was combined with K 3 PO 4 (18.4967 g, 87.13 mmol), bromobenzene (9 mL, 85.6 mmol), DMF (570 mL) and 10 mL MeOH. This heterogeneous mixture was freeze-thaw degassed 3 times and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (941.0 mg, 0.812 mmol) was added. The resultant heterogeneous mixture was heated at 60° C.
  • Step 2 2-Phenyl-1H-pyrrole (1.9071 g, 9.036 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL). This solution was added dropwise to a cooled (ice/H 2 O) stirring slurry of NaH (810.1 mg, 20.3 mmol) in DMF (15 mL).
  • Step 3 To a dry flask was added N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)methyl-2-phenylpyrrole (131 mg) and anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL). The flask was cooled with an ice bath before the slow addition of a solution of NBS (1.0 equiv.) in DMF (1.0 mL). After 5 min, the reaction was completed and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (eluted with hexane). The purified product (142 mg) was kept as a solution in toluene.
  • Step 4 To a dry three-neck round-bottomed flask was added with 1-naphthoic acid (17.22 g, 0.1 mol) and acetic acid (40 mL). The solution was heated to 90° C. and then bromine (5.3 mL0 was added dropwise in a period of 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 90 min and heating was turned off. The mixture was then stirred at rt overnight before work-up.
  • Step 5 To a dry flask was added with anhydrous methanol (100 mL). The flask was cooled with a ice-bath, acetyl chloride (10 mL) was added slowly to the flask.
  • Step 7 To a round-bottomed flask was added with 5-bromo-1-hydroxymethylnaphthalene (1.02 g, 4.3 mmol), bispinacollatoboron (1.1 equiv.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.03 equiv.), dppf (0.03 equiv.), potassium acetate (3.0 equiv.) and DMSO (6 mL). The mixture was de-gassed and heated to 80° C. under argon. The reaction was allowed to proceed at 80° C. under argon overnight and then diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice.
  • Step 8 To a solution of the pyrrole bromide (0.3 mmol) in toluene (2 mL), MeOH (0.5 mL) and 2 M NaHCO3 (1 mL) was added the boronic acid (0.06 g, 1.3 eq) and palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.02 g). NOTE: All solvents were individually degassed. The reaction mixture was stirred for 13 hr at 80° C., worked up with brine/EtOAc, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered and concentrated.
  • Step 9 To a solution of N-2-[2-(5-Hydroxymethyl-naphthalen-1-yl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester (0.14 mmol) in MeOH (0.1 mL) is added activated 3 angstrom molecular sieves. This mixture was allowed to stir 15 min. A solution of guanidine HCl (3 mmol) and NaOMe (2 mmol) in MeOH (dried over molecular sieves, degassed, 2 mL) over dry sieves was prepared.
  • Step 1 To a dry round-bottom flask was added 6-hydroxybenzofuran-3-one (5.03 g, 33.5 mmol), dichloromethane (30 mL) and pyridine (3.2 mL, 40 mmol, 1.2 equiv.). The mixture was cooled with an ice bath and then added with acetic anhydride (3.42 g, 1.0 equiv.). The ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to proceed at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL) and sat. aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (30 mL).
  • Step 2 To a dry round-bottom flask was added 6-acetoxybenzofuran-3-one (1.91 g, 10.0 mmol), anhydrous dichloromethane (30 mL) and cesium carbonate (30 mmol).
  • Step 3 To a round-bottom flask was added 6-acetoxy-3-hydroxy-benzofuran triflate (2.35 g, 7.25 mmol), potassium acetate (2.14 g, 21.8 mmol), bispinacollatoboron (1.1 equiv.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.03 equiv.), dppf (0.03 equiv.), and dioxane (30 mL). The mixture was de-gassed and heated to 80° C. under argon. The reaction was allowed to proceed at 80° C. under argon for 20 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and water (15 mL).
  • N-[Amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide was prepared by using essentially the same procedure as Example 459, step 3, as a solid (28%): mp 99-120° C.; MS (+) El, 339 (M+H) + .
  • Step 1 A mixture of 5.0 g (36.6 mmol) anhydrous zinc (II) chloride, 2.8 mL (27 mmol) diethylamine, and 2.0 g t-butyl alcohol was treated with 10 mL anhydrous benzene and was stirred for 1.5 hours, treated with 5.26 g (27 mmol) ethyl (4-acetyl)benzoyl acetate and 3.58 g (18 mmol) bromoacetophenone and stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The reaction was poured into 125 mL 5% aqueous H 2 SO 4 and extracted 2 ⁇ with ethyl acetate.
  • Step 2 To a solution of 6.17 g 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester from Step 1 in 100 mL THF was added a solution of 3.86 g (69 mmol) potassium hydroxide in 110 mL water. The reaction was heated to reflux for 4.5 hr and allowed to cool. The reaction was transferred to an Ehrlenmeyer flask and cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. Concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise until a solid precipitated. The solid was collected by filtration and dried to afford 2.59 g (9.1 mmol) 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid.
  • Step 3 To a stirred slurry of 1.93 g (8 mmol) 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid in 22 mL CH 2 Cl 2 was added 8 ml 2.0 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH 2 Cl 2 , followed by 3 drops of dimethylformamide (DMF). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr, after which time addition of additional drops of DMF showed no further evolution of gas. The reaction was concentrated and the crude acid chloride (a tan solid) was taken up in benzene and concentrated two times.
  • DMF dimethylformamide
  • Step 4 To a slurry of ⁇ 1.0 mmol ethyl benzamide from Step 3 in 3 mL acetic acid was added 0.15 g (2.0 mmol) glycine. The reaction was mixed at 90-102° C. for 5.5 hr and allowed to cool.
  • reaction was mixed at room temperature for one hour, upon which time was added 88 mg (5 equiv.) 1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine hydrochloride, 0.16 mL (10 equiv.) triethylamine, and a catalytic amount of 4-dimethylaminopyridine.
  • the reaction was mixed at room temperature for one hour, filtered to remove any precipitates formed, and washed with water.
  • Step 6 To a slurry of ⁇ 0.12 mmol ethyl benzamide from Step 5 in 2 mL CH 2 Cl 2 was added 27 mg (0.36 mmol, 3 equiv.) 3-aminopropanol and 62 ⁇ L (0.36 mmol) diisopropylethylamine and the reaction was mixed overnight at room temperature. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative 6 HPLC to afford 15.8 mg of the title compound [ 5 LC-MS data (molecular ion and retention time): m/z 448 (M+H); 1.90 min] as an oil.
  • Step 1 To 2.5 mL of anhydrous EtOH and 0.25 mL carbon tetrachloride was added 1.2 g (50 mmol) magnesium turnings. 8.0 g (50 mmol) diethyl malonate was dissolved in a mixture of 5 mL anhydrous EtOH and 20 mL anhydrous toluene and added in small portions to the magnesium turnings over the course of 1.5 hr so as to maintain a gentle reflux. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, and then cooled to 0° C. in ice. 4-Propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (50 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over night.
  • 4-Propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride 50 mmol
  • Step 2 A solution of 3.0 g (9.6 mmol) 2-(4-propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester and 0.3 g p-toluenesulfonic acid in 30 mL water was heated to reflux for 3 hr and allowed to stand at room temperature over 3 nights. The reaction was diluted with brine, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated to afford 1.92 g (7.98 mmol) 3-oxo-3-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester as a clear oil.
  • Step 3 To a stirred slurry of 0.92 g (23 mmol) NaH, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, in 30 mL anhydrous THF, cooled 0° C. in ice, 5.12 g (21.3 mmol) 3-oxo-3-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester from Step 2 was added dropwise over the course of 60 min. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr. 2-bromoacetophenone (5.57 g, 28 mmol) in 12 mL anhydrous THF was then added dropwise at 0° C. and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature over 5 days.
  • Step 4 To a solution of 7.63 g (21.3 mmol) 4-oxo-4-phenyl-2-(4-propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester in 66 mL toluene was added 36 mL 3M aqueous sodium hydroxide and 0.32 g (0.96 mmol) tetra-n-butylammonium hydrogen sulfate. The reaction was heated to reflux over 16 hr, allowed to cool and poured into brine. The solution was extracted two times with ether and concentrated to give an oil.
  • Step 5 A solution of 1.43 g (5 mmol) 1-phenyl-4-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-butane-1,4-dione and 0.75 g (10 mmol) glycine 16 mL of acetic acid was heated to reflux for 100 min. The solution was concentrated and redissolved in 5% aqueous H 2 SO 4 . The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate.
  • Step 6 To a solution of 0.91 g (2.8 mmol) [2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid in 28 mL anhydrous DMF was added 2.27 g (14 mmol) carbonyldiimidazole.
  • Step 7 A solution of 1.34 g (3.6 mmol) N- ⁇ 2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl ⁇ -guanidine from Step 6 in 36 mL anhydrous THF was cooled to 0° C. in ice. 1.62 mL (1.62 mmol) di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.0M solution in THF) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes.
  • Step 8 In a 10 mL glass microwave reaction vessel under nitrogen, 17 mg (0.425 mmol) sodium hydride (obtained as a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was slurried with a solution of 0.133 g (0.28 mmol) N-Boc-N′- ⁇ 2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl ⁇ -guanidine from Step 8 in 4 ml anhydrous DMF, and 41 mg (0.28 mmol) 3-bromopropionitrile. The reaction vessel was capped and microwave at 150° C. for 460 sec in a microwave reactor.
  • Step 1 A solution of 5.67 g (45 mmol) cyclohexyl methyl ketone in 27 mL anhydrous methanol was cooled to +10° C. in an ice bath and 9.58 g (60 mmol) bromine was added all at once. The reaction was stirred at +10° C. for 45 minutes, upon which time 7.5 mL of water was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for a further 2.5 hr and concentrated. The crude product was taken up in ether and washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated to afford crude 2-bromo-1-cyclohexyl-ethanone. The product was used immediately in the next step without further purification.
  • Step 2 To a stirred slurry of 1.44 g (36 mmol) sodium hydride, obtained as a 60% dispersion in mineral oil, in 45 mL anhydrous THF, at 0° C., was added dropwise 6.48 g (33.75 mmol) ethyl benzoyl acetate. The resulting slurry was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hr, upon which time was added dropwise the entire sample of 2-bromo-1-cyclohexyl-ethanone obtained in Step 1. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr and poured into 0.4 L brine.
  • Steps 3 and 4 2-Benzoyl-4-cyclohexyl-4-oxo-butyric acid ethyl ester was converted to N′′-[(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine following the procedure given in Example 473, Steps 5 and 6 [LC/MS data; molecular ion and retention time): m/z 325 (M+H); 2.43 min] as a white solid.
  • Step 5 N′′-[(2-Cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine was converted to N-(3-cyano-propyl)-N′-[2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine following the procedure given in Example 473, Steps 7 and 8 [LC/MS data; molecular ion and retention time): m/z 392 (M+H); 2.47 min] as an oil.
  • the extinction coefficient ⁇ 354 nm was adapted from TACE peptide substrate, which had the same quencher-fluorophore pair.
  • Determination of Stock Enzyme Concentration the stock concentration of each enzyme is determined by absorbance at 280 nm using of 64150 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 for hBACE1 and MuBACE1, 62870 M ⁇ 1 cm ⁇ 1 for hBACE2 in 6 M Guanidinium Hydrochloride (from Research Organics, Cat. # 5134G-2), pH ⁇ 6.
  • Fluorescence Readings Readings at ⁇ ex 320 nm and ⁇ em 420 nm are taken every 40 sec for 30 min at room temperature and the linear slope for substrate cleavage rate (v i ) determined.
  • v i substrate cleavage rate in the presence of inhibitor
  • v o substrate cleavage rate in the absence of inhibitor

Landscapes

  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
  • Psychiatry (AREA)
  • Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
  • Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an azolylacylquanidine compound of formula I
Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00001
The present invention also provides methods for the use thereof to inhibit β-secretase (BACE) and treat β-amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles.

Description

  • This application is a divisional application of co-pending U.S. application Ser. No. 11/352,820, filed Feb. 13, 2006, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 60/652,696, filed Feb. 14, 2005, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • β-Amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles are two major pathologic characterizations associated with Alzheimer's disease (AD). Clinically, AD is characterized by the of loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment, and orientation. Also affected, as the disease progresses, are motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities until global impairment of multiple cognitive functions occurs. These cognitive losses take place gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in 4-12 years.
  • Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of patients with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders. Neurofibrillary tangles also occur in other neurodegenerative disorders including dementia-inducing disorders. (Varghese, J., et al, Journal of Medicinal Chemistry, 2003, 46, 4625-4630).
  • β-amyloid deposits are predominately an aggregate of Aβ peptide, which in turn is a product of the proteolysis of amyloid precursor protein (APP). More specifically, A
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-P00001
    peptide results from the cleavage of APP at the C-terminus by one or more β-secretases, and at the N-terminus by β-secretase enzyme (BACE), also known as aspartyl protease, as part of the β-amyloidogenic pathway.
  • BACE activity is correlated directly to the generation of Aβ peptide from APP (Sinha, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537-540), and studies increasingly indicate that the inhibition of BACE inhibits the production of Aβ peptide. (Roberds, S. L., et al, Human Molecular Genetics, 2001, 10, 1317-1324).
  • Therefore, it is an object of this invention to provide compounds which are inhibitors of β-secretase and are useful as therapeutic agents in the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient.
  • It is another object of this invention to provide therapeutic methods and pharmaceutical compositions useful for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient.
  • It is a feature of this invention that the compounds provided may also be useful to further study and elucidate the β-secretase enzyme.
  • These and other objects and features of the invention will become more apparent by the detailed description set forth hereinbelow.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • The present invention provides a compound of I
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00002
  • wherein
      • X is N or CR5;
      • Y is N or CR6;
      • Z is CO or (CH2)n;
      • n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
      • R is H, alkyl or aryl;
      • R1 and R2 are each independently cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
      • R3 and R4 are each independently H, alkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R3 and R4 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S; and
      • R5 and R6 are each independently halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy or haloalkoxy; or
        a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • The present invention also provides compositions and methods for the treatment of β-amyloid deposits and neurofibrillary tangles.
    • DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
  • Alzheimer's disease (AD), a progressive degenerative disease of the brain primarily associated with aging, has become a more serious healthcare problem since its initial description almost a century ago (Alzheimer, A. Centralblatt fur Nervenheikunde und Psychiatrie, 1907, 30, 117-179). For example, the number of prevalent cases of AD continues to grow at an alarming rate of more than 5% annually in Japan (Citron, M. J. Neuroscience Research, 2002, 70, 373-379). Clinically, AD is presented by characterization of loss of memory, cognition, reasoning, judgment, and orientation. Motor, sensory, and linguistic abilities are also affected as the disease progresses until global impairment of multiple cognitive functions occurs. These cognitive losses take place gradually, but typically lead to severe impairment and eventual death in 4-12 years. Consequently, there is an urgent need for pharmaceutical agents capable of halting, preventing or reversing the progression of Alzheimer's disease.
  • β-Amyloid plaques (predominately an aggregate of a peptide fragment known as A-β) and neurofibrillary tangles are two major pathologic characterizations associated with Alzheimer's disease. Patients with AD display characteristic β-amyloid deposits (β-amyloid plaques) in the brain and in cerebral blood vessels (β-amyloid angiopathy) as well as neurofibrillary tangles. Amyloidogenic plaques and vascular amyloid angiopathy also characterize the brains of patients with Trisomy 21 (Down's Syndrome), Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch-type (HCHWA-D), and other neurodegenerative disorders. Neurofibrillary tangles also occur in other dementia-inducing disorders.
  • A-β peptide is a product of the proteolysis of amyloid precursor protein (APP) by several proteasese called secretases. It results from the cleavage of APP at the N-terminus by β-secretase and at the C-terminus by one or more β-secretase, i.e., the β-amyloidogenic pathway. An aspartyl protease, designated as BACE, Asp, Memapsin, has been identified as the enzyme responsible for the processing of APP at the β-secretase cleavage site (Sinha, et al, Nature, 1999, 402, 537-554). Thus, inhibition of this enzyme's activity, i.e. BACE activity, is desirable for the treatment of AD, Down's Syndrome, HCHWA-D and other neurodegenerative and dementia-inducing disorders.
  • Surprisingly it has now been found that azolylacylguanidine compounds of formula I effectively inhibit β-secretase and selectively inhibit BACE1. Advantageously, said acylguanidine compounds may be used as effective therapeutic agents for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient. Accordingly, the present invention provides a compound of formula I
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00003
  • wherein
      • X is N or CR5;
      • Y is N or CR6;
      • Z is CO or (CH2)n;
      • n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
      • R is H, alkyl or aryl;
      • R1 and R2 are each independently cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
      • R3 and R4 are each independently H, alkyl, alkanoyl, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R3 and R4 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S; and
      • R5 and R6 are each independently halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy or haloalkoxy; or
        a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are those compounds having the structure of formula Ia
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00004
  • wherein
      • X, Y, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula I hereinabove;
      • R7, R8, R9 and R10 are each independently H, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR11, COR11, CONR12R13, NR12R13, NR14COR15, NR14SO2R15 or NR14CONR16R17;
      • R11 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
      • R12, R13, R16 and R17 are each independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R12 and R13 or R16 and R17 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S;
      • R14 is H, alkyl or cycloalkyl; and
      • R15 is alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.
  • It is understood that the claims encompass all possible stereoisomers and prodrugs. Moreover, unless stated otherwise, each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl group is contemplated as being optionally substituted.
  • An optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more substituents. The substituent groups which are optionally present may be one or more of those customarily employed in the development of pharmaceutical compounds or the modification of such compounds to influence their structure/activity, persistence, absorption, stability or other beneficial property. Specific examples of such substituents include halogen atoms, nitro, cyano, thiocyanato, cyanato, hydroxyl, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy, haloalkoxy, amino, alkylamino, dialkylamino, formyl, alkoxycarbonyl, carboxyl, alkanoyl, alkylthio, alkylsuphinyl, alkylsulphonyl, carbamoyl, alkylamido, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyl, benzyloxy, heterocyclyl or cycloalkyl groups, preferably halogen atoms or lower alkyl or lower alkoxy groups. Unless otherwise specified, typically, 0-4 substituents may be present. When any of the foregoing substituents represents or contains an alkyl substituent group, this may be linear or branched and may contain up to 12 carbon atoms, preferably up to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably up to 4 carbon atoms.
  • As used herein, the term “alkyl” includes both (C1-C10) straight chain and (C3-C12) branched-chain (unless defined otherwise) monovalent saturated hydrocarbon moiety. Examples of saturated hydrocarbon alkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, tert-butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl; higher homologs such as n-pentyl, n-hexyl, and the like. Specifically included within the definition of “alkyl” are those alkyl groups that are optionally substituted. Suitable alkyl substitutions include, but are not limited to, CN, OH, halogen, phenyl, carbamoyl, carbonyl, alkoxy or aryloxy.
  • As used herein the term “haloalkyl” designates a CnH2n+1 group having from one to 2n+1 halogen atoms which may be the same or different. Examples of haloalkyl groups include CF3, CH2C1, C2H3BrCl, C3H5F2, or the like.
  • The term “alkenyl”, as used herein, refers to either a (C2-C10) straight chain or (C3-C10) branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon moiety containing at least one double bond. Such hydrocarbon alkenyl moieties may be mono or polyunsaturated, and may exist in the E or Z configurations. The compounds of this invention are meant to include all possible E and Z configurations. Examples of mono or polyunsaturated hydrocarbon alkenyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as vinyl, 2-propenyl, isopropenyl, crotyl, 2-isopentenyl, butadienyl, 2-(butadienyl), 2,4-pentadienyl, 3-(1,4-pentadienyl), and higher homologs, isomers, or the like.
  • The term “cycloalkyl”, as used herein, refers to a monocyclic, bicyclic, tricyclic, fused, bridged, or spiro monovalent saturated hydrocarbon moiety of 3-10 carbon atoms. Examples of cycloalkyl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as cyclopropyl, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, spiro[4.5]decanyl, or the like.
  • The term “cycloheteroalkyl” as used herein designates a five- to seven-membered cycloalkyl ring system containing 1, 2 or 3 heteroatoms, which may be the same or different, selected from N, O or S and optionally containing one double bond. Exemplary of the cycloheteroalkyl ring systems included in the term as designated herein are the following rings wherein X1 is NR′, O or S and R′ is H or an optional substituent as defined hereinbelow.
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00005
  • The term “aryl”, as used herein, refers to an aromatic carbocyclic moiety of up to 20 carbon atoms, which may be a single ring (monocyclic) or multiple rings (bicyclic or tricyclic) fused together or linked covalently. Examples of aryl moieties include, but are not limited to, chemical groups such as phenyl, 1-naphthyl, 2-naphthyl, dihydronaphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, biphenyl, anthryl, phenanthryl, fluorenyl, indanyl, biphenylenyl, acenaphthenyl, acenaphthylenyl, or the like.
  • The term “heteroaryl” as used herein means an aromatic heterocyclic ring system, which may be a single ring (monocyclic) or multiple rings (bicyclic or tricyclic) fused together or linked covalently. Preferably, heteroaryl is a 5- to 6-membered ring. The rings may contain from one to four hetero atoms selected from nitrogen, oxygen, or sulfur, wherein the nitrogen or sulfur atom(s) are optionally oxidized, or the nitrogen atom(s) are optionally quarternized. Any suitable ring position of the heteroaryl moiety may be covalently linked to the defined chemical structure. Examples of heteroaryl moieties include, but are not limited to, heterocycles such as furan, thiophene, pyrrole, pyrazole, imidazole, oxazole, isoxazole, thiazole, isothiazole, 1H-tetrazole, 1,3,4-oxadiazole, 1H-1,2,4-triazole, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, benzoxazole, benzisoxazole, benzothiazole, benzofuran, benzothiophene, thianthrene, dibenzo[b,d]furan, dibenzo[b,d]thiophene, benzimidazole, indole, indazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, quinazoline, quinoxaline, purine, pteridine, 9H-carbazole, α-carboline, or the like.
  • The term “halogen”, as used herein, designates fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • The compounds of the present invention may be converted to salts, in particular pharmaceutically acceptable salts using art recognized procedures. Suitable salts with bases are, for example, metal salts, such as alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts, for example sodium, potassium or magnesium salts, or salts with ammonia or an organic amine, such as morpholine, thiomorpholine, piperidine, pyrrolidine, a mono-, di- or tri-lower alkylamine, for example ethyl-tert-butyl-, diethyl-, diisopropyl-, triethyl-, tributyl- or dimethylpropylamine, or a mono-, di-, or trihydroxy lower alkylamine, for example mono-, di- or triethanolamine. Internal salts may furthermore be formed. Salts which are unsuitable for pharmaceutical uses but which can be employed, for example, for the isolation or purification of free compounds or their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, are also included. The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt”, as used herein, refers to salts derived form organic and inorganic acids such as, for example, acetic, propionic, lactic, citric, tartaric, succinic, fumaric, maleic, malonic, mandelic, malic, phthalic, hydrochloric, hydrobromic, phosphoric, nitric, sulfuric, methanesulfonic, napthalenesulfonic, benzenesulfonic, toluenesulfonic, camphorsulfonic, and similarly known acceptable acids when a compound of this invention contains a basic moiety. Salts may also be formed from organic and inorganic bases, preferably alkali metal salts, for example, sodium, lithium, or potassium, when a compound of this invention contains a carboxylate or phenolic moiety, or similar moiety capable of forming base addition salts.
  • The compounds of this invention may contain an asymmetric carbon atom and some of the compounds of this invention may contain one or more asymmetric centers and may thus give rise to optical isomers and diastereomers. While shown without respect to stereochemistry in Formula I, the present invention includes such optical isomers and diastereomers; as well as the racemic and resolved, enantiomerically pure R and S stereoisomers; as well as other mixtures of the R and S stereoisomers and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof. Where a stereoisomer is preferred, it may in some embodiments be provided substantially free of the corresponding enantiomer. Thus, an enantiomer substantially free of the corresponding enantiomer refers to a compound that is isolated or separated via separation techniques or prepared free of the corresponding enantiomer. “Substantially free”, as used herein, means that the compound is made up of a significantly greater proportion of one steriosomer, preferably less than about 50%, more preferably less than about 75%, and even more preferably less than about 90%.
  • Preferred compounds of formula I are those compounds wherein X is CR5; Y is CR6; and R is H. Another group of preferred compounds are those compounds of formula I wherein R is H; R1 is phenyl and R2 is cycloalkyl. Also preferred are those compounds of formula I having the structure of formula Ia
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00006
  • wherein
      • X, Y, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula I hereinabove;
      • R7, R8, R9 and R10 are each independently H, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR11, COR11, CONR12R13, NR12R13, NR14COR15, NR14SO2R15 or NR14CONR16R17;
      • R11 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
      • R12, R13, R16 and R17 are each independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R12 and R13 or R16 and R17 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S;
      • R14 is H, alkyl or cycloalkyl; and
      • R15 is alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl.
  • More preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula I wherein X and Y are CH; R is H; Z is (CH2)n; n is 0; and R2 is adamantyl. Another group of more preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula Ia wherein X and Y are CH; and R, R7 and R9 are H. A further group of more preferred compounds of the invention are those compounds of formula Ia wherein X and Y are CH; R, R7 and R9 are H; R8 and R10 are each independently H, halogen or OR11.
  • Preferred compounds of the invention include:
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
  • N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-2,4-dichlorobenzamide;
  • N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-4-bromobenzamide;
  • N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-methoxybenzamide;
  • N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-methylbenzamide;
  • N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-2-phenoxyacetamide;
  • N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-bromobenzamide;
  • 2-{2-[4-(allyloxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(2-methylprop-2-enyl)oxy]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-[4-(but-3-enyloxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(4-cyanobenzyl)oxy]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-[4-(3-cyanopropoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide;
  • N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-{[(2S)-2-methylbutyl]oxy}phenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-{(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • methyl (2R)-3-{[(Z)-amino({[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)methyl]amino}-2-methylpropanoate;
  • 2-{[(Z)-amino({[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)methyl]amino}ethyl acetate;
  • 2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pent-4-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(4-cyanobutoxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(hex-5-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-{4-[2-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-isopropylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-isobutylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-pentylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1,1′-biphenyl-4-yl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-bromophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
  • N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
  • N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • 2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(ethylamino)methylene]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(propylamino)methylene]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-{[(Z)-({[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)(amino)methyl]amino}ethyl acetate;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-cyanoethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1E)-amino{[2-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)ethyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(4-hydroxybutyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(2R)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(2S)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(isobutylamino)methylene]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • ethyl 4-{[(Z)-({[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)(amino)methyl]amino}butanoate;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1E)-amino(cyclopropylamino)methylene]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(cyclohexylmethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(trans-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1E)-amino{[3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(3-methoxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1E)-amino(cycloheptylamino)methylene]acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-thien-2-ylethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-aminobenzyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-thien-3-ylethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • N-allyl-4-(1-{2-[((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)benzamide;
  • N-allyl-4-(1-{2-[((1Z)-amino{[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)benzamide;
  • N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(2-thien-2-ylethyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
  • N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-aminobenzyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
  • 2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(ethylsulfonyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
  • N-(3-cyano-propyl)-N′-[2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine;
  • N″-{[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine;
  • N″-{[2-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine;
  • N″-({2-[3-(cyanomethyl)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine;
  • N″-({2-[4-(2-cyanoethyl)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine;
  • N″-[(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-ethylbenzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-cyclopropylbenzamide;
  • N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-cyanoethyl)benzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-propylbenzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)benzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(sec-butyl)benzamide;
  • N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-methylbenzamide;
  • 4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)benzamide;
  • N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(trans-4-propylcyclohexyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
  • N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide; or
  • the tautomers thereof, the stereoisomers thereof or the pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
  • Compounds of the invention may be prepared employing conventional methods that utilize readily available reagents and starting materials. The reagents used in the preparation of the compounds of this invention can be either commercially obtained or can be prepared by standard procedures described in the literature. Representative compounds of the present invention can be prepared using the following synthetic schemes. The skilled practitioner will know how to make use of variants of these reaction sequences, which in themselves are well known in the art. For example, compounds of formula I may be prepared by reacting an azole of formula II with a t-butyl bromoacetate derivative of formula V to give the azolylester of formula III and reacting said formula III ester with an aminoquanidine of formula IV to give the desired compound of formula I. The reaction is shown in flow diagram I.
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00007
  • Compounds of formula I wherein R is H (I′) may also be prepared by reacting an azolylacid of formula VI with an aminoquanidine of formula IV in the presence of a coupling agent such as 1,1′-carbonydiimidazole (CDI). The reaction is shown in flow diagram II.
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00008
  • Compounds of formula VI wherein R1 and R2 are each independently phenyl; Z is (CH2)n; and n is 0 (VIa) may be prepared by reacting a diketone of formula VII with 1-aminoacetic acid in the presence of an acid catalyst such as p-toluenesulfonic acid (ptsa). The compound of formula VIa may then be converted to the corresponding compounds of formula Ia as shown hereinabove in flow diagram I. The reactions are illustrated in flow diagram III.
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00009
  • Alternatively, compounds of formula Ia may be prepared by reacting a 2-phenylazole of formula VIII with t-butyl 1-bromoacetate to give the corresponding 2-phenylazolyl ester of formula IX; brominating the formula IX ester with a brominating agent such as N-bromosuccinimide (NBS) to; give the 5-bromoazole derivative of formula X; and coupling the formula X compound with a boronic acid or ester of formula XI to give the intermediate compound of formula IIIa. Said formula IIIa intermediate may be converted to the desired compounds of formula Ia as described hereinabove in flow diagram I. The reactions are illustrated in flow diagram IV wherein R′ represents H or alkyl.
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00010
  • Compounds of formula I wherein Z is CO (Ib) may be prepared by reacting a substituted azole compound of formula XII with a pyridinylcarbothioate of formula XIII to give the azole of formula XIV; the formula XIV azole may be alkylated with a t-butyl 1-bromoacetate derivative of formula V and then converted to desired formula Ib product as shown hereinabove in flow diagram I. Alternatively, the formula XIV compound may be reduced with a reducing agent such as NaBH4 to give the compound of formula XV and said formula XV compound may be alkylated with the formula V bromoacetate and then converted to the compound of formula I wherein Z is CH2 (Ic). The reactions are shown in flow diagram V.
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00011
  • Advantageously, the compounds of the invention are useful for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient, including Alzheimer's disease, Downs Syndrome, Hereditary Cerebral Hemorrhage with Amyloidosis of the Dutch type or other neurodegenerative or dementia-inducing disorders. Accordingly, the present invention provides a method for the treatment, prevention or amelioration of a disease or disorder characterized by elevated β-amyloid deposits or β-amyloid levels in a patient which comprises providing said patient with a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of formula I as described hereinabove. The compound may be provided by oral or parenteral administration or in any common manner known to be an effective administration of a therapeutic agent to a patient in need thereof.
  • The term “providing” as used herein with respect to providing a compound or substance embraced by the invention, designates either directly administering such a compound or substance, or administering a prodrug, derivative or analog which forms an equivalent amount of the compound or substance within the body.
  • As described herein, a therapeutically or prophylactically useful amount of a compound of the invention is that amount of a compound which alleviates the symptoms of the disease, e.g., AD, or which prevents the onset of symptoms, or the onset of more severe symptoms. The useful amounts of a compound may vary depending upon the formulation and route of delivery. For example, higher amounts may be delivered orally than when the compound is formulated for injection or inhalation, in order to deliver a biologically equivalent amount of the drug. Suitably, an individual dose (i.e., per unit) of a compound of the invention is in the range from about 1 μg/kg to about 10 g/kg. Desirably, these amounts are provided on a daily basis. However, the dosage to be used in the treatment or prevention of a specific cognitive deficit or other condition may be subjectively determined by the attending physician. The variables involved include the specific cognitive deficit and the size, age and response pattern of the patient. For example, based upon the activity profile and potency of the compounds of this invention, a starting dose of about 375 to 500 mg per day with gradual increase in the daily dose to about 1000 mg per day may provide the desired dosage level in the human.
  • In actual practice, the compounds of the invention are provided by administering the compound or a precursor thereof in a solid or liquid form, either neat or in combination with one or more conventional pharmaceutical carriers or excipients. Accordingly, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a compound of formula I as described hereinabove.
  • Solid carriers suitable for use in the composition of the invention include one or more substances which may also act as flavoring agents, lubricants, solubilizers, suspending agents, fillers, glidants, compression aides, binders, tablet-disintegrating agents or encapsulating materials. In powders, the carrier may be a finely divided solid which is in admixture with a finely divided compound of formula I. In tablets, the formula I compound may be mixed with a carrier having the necessary compression properties in suitable proportions and compacted in the shape and size desired. Said powders and tablets may contain up to 99% by weight of the formula I compound. Solid carriers suitable for use in the composition of the invention include calcium phosphate, magnesium stearate, talc, sugars, lactose, dextrin, starch, gelatin, cellulose, methyl cellulose, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidine, low melting waxes and ion exchange resins.
  • Any pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier suitable for preparing solutions, suspensions, emulsions, syrups and elixirs may be employed in the composition of the invention. Compounds of formula I may be dissolved or suspended in a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier such as water, an organic solvent, or a pharmaceutically acceptable oil or fat, or a mixture thereof. Said liquid composition may contain other suitable pharmaceutical additives such as solubilizers, emulsifiers, buffers, preservatives, sweeteners, flavoring agents, suspending agents, thickening agents, coloring agents, viscosity regulators, stabilizers, osmo-regulators, or the like. Examples of liquid carriers suitable for oral and parenteral administration include water (particularly containing additives as above, e.g., cellulose derivatives, preferably sodium carboxymethyl cellulose solution), alcohols (including monohydric alcohols and polyhydric alcohols, e.g., glycols) or their derivatives, or oils (e.g., fractionated coconut oil and arachis oil). For parenteral administration the carrier may also be an oily ester such as ethyl oleate or isopropyl myristate.
  • Compositions of the invention which are sterile solutions or suspensions are suitable for intramuscular, intraperitoneal or subcutaneous injection. Sterile solutions may also be administered intravenously. Inventive compositions suitable for oral administration may be in either liquid or solid composition form.
  • Alternatively, the use of sustained delivery devices may be desirable, in order to avoid the necessity for the patient to take medications on a daily basis. “Sustained delivery” is defined as delaying the release of an active agent, i.e., a compound of the invention, until after placement in a delivery environment, followed by a sustained release of the agent at a later time. Those of skill in the art know suitable sustained delivery devices. Examples of suitable sustained delivery devices include, e.g., hydrogels (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,266,325; 4,959,217; and 5,292,515), an osmotic pump, such as described by Alza (U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,295,987 and 5,273,752) or Merck (European Patent No. 314,206), among others; hydrophobic membrane materials, such as ethylenemethacrylate (EMA) and ethylenevinylacetate (EVA); bioresorbable polymer systems (see, e.g., International Patent Publication No. WO 98/44964, Bioxid and Cellomeda; U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,756,127 and 5,854,388); other bioresorbable implant devices have been described as being composed of, for example, polyesters, polyanhydrides, or lactic acid/glycolic acid copolymers (see, e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 5,817,343 (Alkermes Inc.)). For use in such sustained delivery devices, the compounds of the invention may be formulated as described herein.
  • In another aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical kit for delivery of a product. Suitably, the kit contains packaging or a container with the compound formulated for the desired delivery route. For example, if the kit is designed for administration by inhalation, it may contain a suspension containing a compound of the invention formulated for aerosol or spray delivery of a predetermined dose by inhalation. Suitably, the kit contains instructions on dosing and an insert regarding the active agent. Optionally, the kit may further contain instructions for monitoring circulating levels of product and materials for performing such assays including, e.g., reagents, well plates, containers, markers or labels, and the like. Such kits are readily packaged in a manner suitable for treatment of a desired indication. For example, the kit may also contain instructions for use of the spray pump or other delivery device.
  • Other suitable components to such kits will be readily apparent to one of skill in the art, taking into consideration the desired indication and the delivery route. The doses may be repeated daily, weekly, or monthly, for a predetermined length of time or as prescribed.
  • For a more clear understanding, and in order to illustrate the invention more clearly, specific examples thereof are set forth hereinbelow. The following examples are merely illustrative and are not to be understood as limiting the scope and underlying principles of the invention in any way. Indeed, various modifications of the invention, in addition to those shown and described herein, will become apparent to those skilled in the art from the examples set forth hereinbelow and the foregoing description. Such modifications are also intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
  • Unless otherwise noted, all parts are parts by weight. The terms HNMR and HPLC designate proton nuclear magnetic resonance and high performance liquid chromatography, respectively. The terms DMSO and DMF designate dimethylsulfoxide and N,N-dimethylformamide, respectively. MS designates mass spectroscopy, with (+) referring to the positive mode which generally gives a M+1 (or M+H) absorption wherein M represents the molecular mass. At the minimum, all compounds are analyzed by HPLC, MS and/or HNMR.
  • Commercially available reagents and solvents were used directly as received except for N-bromosuccinimide which was recrystallized from water. All procedures employing air- and/or moisture-sensitive reagents were conducted under an inert atmosphere in flame-dried glassware where appropriate. HNMR spectra were recorded in DMSO-d6 on a Varian Inova spectrometer at 500 MHz, unless otherwise indicated.
    • EXAMPLE 1 Preparation of (N-(diaminomethylene)-2,4-diphenyl-1H-pyrrole-1-acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00012
  • Step 1
  • A solution of 1,4-diphenyl-butane-1,4-dione (1 eq), glycine (3 eq.) and pTSA (0.05 eq) in ethanol is refluxed for 3 days. The mixture is cooled and the EtOH evaporated in vacuo. The residue is diluted with DCM and washed with NaOH (1 N). The aqueous phase is acidified with conc. HCl and extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated.
  • Step 2
  • To a solution of (2,5-diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid (1 eq.) in DMF is added CDI (1.2 eq.) and the mixture stirred at RT for 1 hour. Then add a solution of guanidine HCl (3 eq.) and triethylamine (3 eq.) in DMF is added. The reaction is stirred for 5 hours, then water is added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system. See Gilson Preparative HPLC conditions: Gilson Preparative HPLC system; YMC Pro C18, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 μM column; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: 0.02% TFA/water; Solvent B:0.02% TFA/acetonitrile; Gradient: Time 0: 95% A; 2 min: 95% A; 14 min: 10% A, 15 min: 10% A, 16 min: 95% A; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 2-7 Preparation of Derivatives of (N-(diaminomethylene)-2,4-diphenyl-1H-pyrrole-1-acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00013
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 1 and employing the appropriate amino acid, the compounds shown in Table I were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 μm column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE I
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00014
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R Ion (min)
    2 n-Pr 361 [M + H] 2.21
    3 i-Bu 375 [M + H] 2.36
    4 CH2CO2H 377 [M + H] 1.80
    5 (CH2)2SCH3 393 [M + H] 2.12
    6 1-naphthyl-methyl 459 [M + H] 2.45
    7 CH2CO2-t-Bu 433 [M + H] 2.29
    • EXAMPLES 8-10 Preparation of 2,5-Dihenylpyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00015
  • Using essentially the same procedures described in Example 1 and employing the appropriate substituted guanidine in step 2, the compounds shown in Table II were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 μm column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE II
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00016
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R3 R4 Ion (min)
     8 COCH3 H 361 [M + H] 2.69
     9 CH2CH2OCH2CH2 389 [M + H] 2.14
    10 4-CH3OC6H4 H 425 [M + H] 2.21
    • EXAMPLES 11-159 Preparation of 2,5-Diarylpyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00017
  • Step 1
  • To a solution of diethylamine (1.5 eq) and t-BuOH (1.5 eq) in toluene is added ZnCl2 (Aldrich, anhydrous powder or beads). The mixture is stirred at RT for 2 hours until it is mostly dissolved. The acetophenone (1.5 eq) followed by the bromoacetophenone (1 eq) are added. The mixture is stirred for 3-5 days. Then 5% aqueous sulfuric acid is added. The product may precipitate and be filtered. Otherwise the phases are separated and the organic washed with aqueous sodium chloride, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo. See Kulinkovich, Synthesis 2000, 9, 1259-1262.
  • Step 2
  • A solution of 1,4-diaryl-butane-1,4-dione (1 eq), glycine (3 eq.) and pTSA (0.05 eq) in ethanol is refluxed for 3 days. The mixture is cooled and the EtOH evaporated in vacuo. The residue is diluted with DCM and washed with NaOH (1 N). The aqueous phase is acidified with conc. HCl and extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated.
  • Step 3
  • To a solution of (2,5-diaryl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid (1 eq.) in DMF was added CDI (1.2 eq.) and the mixture stirred at r.t. 1 hour. Then add a solution of guanidine HCl (3 eq.) and triethylamine (3 eq.) in DMF is added. The reaction is stirred for 5 hours, then water is added and the mixture extracted with EtOAc, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system. See Gilson Preparative HPLC conditions: Gilson Preparative HPLC system; YMC Pro C18, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 uM column; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: 0.02% TFA/water; Solvent B:0.02% TFA/acetonitrile; Gradient: Time 0: 95% A; 2 min: 95% A; 14 min: 10% A, 15 min: 10% A, 16 min: 95% A; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • Using the procedures described hereinabove in steps 1-3, the compounds shown in Table III were obtained and identified by HPLC, MS and NMR analyses. In Table III, the term Ph designates phenyl, the term AC designates acetyl and the term Me designates methyl.
  • TABLE III
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00018
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R1 R2 Ion (min)
     11 Ph 2-Cl-Ph 351 [M − H] 2.31
     12 Ph 3-Cl-Ph 351 [M − H] 2.36
     13 Ph 3-F-Ph 335 [M − H] 2.27
     14 Ph 3-Br-Ph 396 [M − H] 2.39
     15 Ph 3-Me-Ph 331 [M − H] 2.33
     16 Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 386 [M − H] 2.43
     17 Ph 4-Me-Ph 333 [M + H] 2.24
     18 Ph 4-MeO-Ph 349 [M + H] 2.24
     19 Ph 4-PhO-Ph 409 [M − H] 2.53
     20 Ph 4-BnO-Ph 423 [M − H] 2.53
     21 Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 451 [M − H] 2.44
     22 Ph 2-Naphthyl 367 [M − H] 2.44
     23 Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 383 [M + H] 2.56
     24 2-Cl-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 388 [M + H] 2.37
     25 2-Cl-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 388 [M + H] 2.42
     26 2-Cl-Ph 3-Br-Ph 433 [M + H] 2.45
     27 2-Cl-Ph 3-Me-Ph 367 [M + H] 2.39
     28 2-Cl-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 422 [M + H] 2.48
     29 2-Cl-Ph 4-Me-Ph 367 [M + H] 2.4
     30 2-Cl-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 445 [M + H] 2.57
     31 2-Cl-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 459 [M + H] 2.57
     32 2-Cl-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 487 [M + H] 2.49
     33 2-Cl-Ph 2-Naphthyl 403 [M + H] 2.49
     34 2-Cl-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 417 [M + H] 2.58
     35 3-Cl-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 445 [M + H] 3.2
     36 3-Cl-Ph 3-Br-4-NHAc-Ph 489 [M + H] 1.98
     37 3-F-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 369 [M − H] 2.34
     38 3-F-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 369 [M − H] 2.39
     39 3-F-Ph 3-Br-Ph 417 [M + H] 2.41
     40 3-F-Ph 3-Me-Ph 349 [M − H] 2.36
     41 3-F-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 406 [M + H] 2.43
     42 3-F-Ph 4-Me-Ph 349 [M − H] 2.36
     43 3-F-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 365 [M − H] 2.28
     44 3-F-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 427 [M − H] 2.54
     45 3-F-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 441 [M − H] 2.54
     46 3-F-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 469 [M − H] 2.46
     47 3-F-Ph 2-Naphthyl 385 [M − H] 2.46
     48 3-F-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 399 [M − H] 2.55
     49 2-MeO-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.35
     50 2-MeO-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.37
     51 2-MeO-Ph 3-Br-Ph 428 [M + H] 2.39
     52 2-MeO-Ph 3-Me-Ph 363 [M + H] 2.35
     53 2-MeO-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 418 [M + H] 2.44
     54 2-MeO-Ph 4-Me-Ph 363 [M + H] 2.36
     55 2-MeO-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 379 [M + H] 2.28
     56 2-MeO-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 441 [M + H] 2.54
     57 2-MeO-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 483 [M + H] 2.46
     58 2-MeO-Ph 2-Naphthyl 399 [M + H] 2.45
     59 2-MeO-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 413 [M + H] 2.55
     60 3-MeO-Ph Ph 349 [M + H] 2.24
     61 3-MeO-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.32
     62 3-MeO-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.36
     63 3-MeO-Ph 3-Me-Ph 363 [M + H] 2.33
     64 3-MeO-Ph 3-MeO-Ph
     65 3-MeO-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 418 [M + H] 2.42
     66 3-MeO-Ph 4-Me-Ph 363 [M + H] 2.33
     67 3-MeO-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 379 [M + H] 2.25
     68 3-MeO-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 441 [M + H] 2.52
     69 3-MeO-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 455 [M + H] 2.52
     70 3-MeO-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 483 [M + H] 2.44
     71 3-MeO-Ph 2-Naphthyl 399 [M + H] 2.43
     72 3-MeO-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 413 [M + H] 2.52
     73 3-CN-Ph Ph 344 [M + H] 2.19
     74 3-CN-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 378 [M + H] 2.26
     75 3-CN-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 378 [M + H] 2.31
     76 3-CN-Ph 3-Br-Ph 423 [M + H] 2.33
     77 3-CN-Ph 3-Me-Ph 358 [M + H] 2.28
     78 3-CN-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 413 [M + H] 2.37
     79 3-CN-Ph 4-Me-Ph 358 [M + H] 2.28
     80 3-CN-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 374 [M + H] 2.2
     81 3-CN-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 436 [M + H] 2.47
     82 3-CN-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 450 [M + H] 2.47
     83 3-CN-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 478 [M + H] 2.39
     84 3-CN-Ph 2-Naphthyl 394 [M + H] 2.38
     85 3-CN-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 408 [M + H] 2.48
     86 4-F-Ph Ph 335 [M − H] 2.26
     87 4-F-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 369 [M − H] 2.33
     88 4-F-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 369 [M − H] 2.38
     89 4-F-Ph 3-Br-Ph 416 [M + H] 2.4
     90 4-F-Ph 3-Me-Ph 349 [M − H] 2.35
     91 4-F-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 404 [M − H] 2.44
     92 4-F-Ph 4-Me-Ph 349 [M − H] 2.35
     93 4-F-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 365 [M − H] 2.27
     94 4-F-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 427 [M − H] 2.53
     95 4-F-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 443 [M + H] 2.58
     96 4-F-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 469 [M − H] 2.45
     97 4-F-Ph 2-Naphthyl 387 [M + H] 1.99
     98 4-F-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 399 [M − H] 2.54
     99 4-MeO-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.32
    100 4-MeO-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.36
    101 4-MeO-Ph 3-Br-Ph 428 [M + H] 2.39
    102 4-MeO-Ph 3-Me-Ph 363 [M + H] 2.33
    103 4-MeO-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 418 [M + H] 2.42
    104 4-MeO-Ph 4-Me-Ph 363 [M + H] 2.33
    105 4-MeO-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 379 [M + H] 2.18
    106 4-MeO-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 441 [M + H] 2.52
    107 4-MeO-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 483 [M + H] 2.44
    108 4-MeO-Ph 2-Naphthyl 399 [M + H] 2.44
    109 4-MeO-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 413 [M + H] 2.54
    110 4-Me-Ph 2-Cl-thien-5-yl 373 [M + H] 2.15
    111 4-CF3-Ph Ph 387 [M + H] 2.39
    112 4-CF3-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 421 [M + H] 2.45
    113 4-CF3-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 421 [M + H] 2.49
    114 4-CF3-Ph 3-Br-Ph 465 [M + H] 2.51
    115 4-CF3-Ph 3-Me-Ph 401 [M + H] 2.47
    116 4-CF3-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 456 [M + H] 2.54
    117 4-CF3-Ph 4-Me-Ph 401 [M + H] 2.47
    118 4-CF3-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 417 [M + H] 2.4
    119 4-CF3-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 479 [M + H] 2.62
    120 4-CF3-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 493 [M + H] 2.62
    121 4-CF3-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 521 [M + H] 2.22
    122 4-CF3-Ph 2-Naphthyl 437 [M + H] 2.55
    123 4-CF3-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 451 [M + H] 2.63
    124 4-CF3O-Ph 4-EtO2C-Ph 475 [M + H] 2.33
    125 2,5-di-MeO-Ph Ph 379 [M + H] 2.25
    126 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 2-Cl-Ph 413 [M + H] 2.36
    127 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 3-Cl-Ph 413 [M + H] 2.35
    128 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 3-Br-Ph 458 [M + H] 2.38
    129 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 3-Me-Ph 393 [M + H] 2.34
    130 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 448 [M + H] 2.44
    131 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 4-Me-Ph 393 [M + H] 2.35
    132 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 4-MeO-Ph 409 [M + H] 2.29
    133 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 4-PhO-Ph 471 [M + H] 2.53
    134 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 4-BnO-Ph 485 [M + H] 3.08
    135 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 513 [M + H] 2.44
    136 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 2-Naphthyl 429 [M + H] 2.44
    137 2,5-di-MeO-Ph 6-Me-naphth-2-yl 443 [M + H] 2.54
    138 1-Naphthyl Ph 369 [M + H] 2.44
    139 1-Naphthyl 2-Cl-Ph 403 [M + H] 2.52
    140 1-Naphthyl 3-Cl-Ph 403 [M + H] 2.36
    141 1-Naphthyl 3-Br-Ph 448 [M + H] 2.58
    142 1-Naphthyl 3-Me-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.29
    143 1-Naphthyl 2,5-di-Cl-Ph 438 [M + H] 2.6
    144 1-Naphthyl 4-Me-Ph 383 [M + H] 2.38
    145 1-Naphthyl 4-MeO-Ph 399 [M + H] 2.41
    146 1-Naphthyl 2-Naphthyl 419 [M + H] 2.58
    147 2-Naphthyl 3-MeO-Ph 399 [M + H] 2.25
    148 2-Naphthyl 3,5-di-CF3-Ph 505 [M + H] 2.54
    149 Benzothiophen-3-yl 2-Cl-Ph 409 [M + H] 2.49
    150 Benzothiophen-3-yl 3-Cl-Ph 409 [M + H] 2.52
    151 Benzothiophen-3-yl 3-Br-Ph 454 [M + H] 2.56
    152 Benzothiophen-3-yl 3-Me-Ph 389 [M + H] 2.5
    153 Benzothiophen-3-yl 4-MeO-Ph 405 [M + H] 2.42
    154 Benzothiophen-3-yl 4-BnO-Ph 481 [M + H] 2.66
    155 Benzothiophen-3-yl 4′-Ac-PhO-Ph 509 [M + H] 2.52
    156 Benzothiophen-3-yl 2-Naphthyl 425 [M + H] 2.59
    157 Benzothiophen-2-yl 3,5-di-CF3-Ph 511 [M + H] 2.48
    158 3-Ph-isoxazol-5-yl 4-PhO-Ph 478 [M + H] 2.41
    159 3-Ph-isoxazol-5-yl 3-Br-4-NHAc-Ph 522 [M + H] 1.94
    • EXAMPLE 160 Preparation of 4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-N-benzyl-N-methylbenzamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00019
    • Step 1: 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester
  • 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester is prepared from bromoacetophenone and ethyl 4-acetyl-benzoate and following the procedure in Example 11, Step 1.
    • Step 2: 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid
  • 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester (3.22 g, 10.4 mmol) is dissolved in THF (100 mL) and an aqueous solution of KOH (15.6 mmol in 50 mL) is added. The reaction is stirred and heated (65° C.) for 6 h, whereupon HPLC analysis indicated the formation of a single product at the expense of the diketone. The reaction is neutralized with aqueous HCl and the THF removed in vacuo. The resulting solid is dissolved in EtOAc and the organic phase dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated to afford 2.93 g (>99%) of the desired carboxylic acid (RT=0.90). LCMS confirmed the identity of the product (ES+Exact Mass: 282.09, Obs.: 283.48). This product is used without further purification.
    • Step 3: 4-(4-Oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoyl chloride
  • To a stirred slurry of the acid (1.98 g, 7 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (30 mL) is added oxalyl chloride (1.84 mL, 21 mmol) followed by the addition of a catalytic amount of DMF (˜20 μL). Upon the addition of the oxalyl chloride, the reaction became homogeneous. The reaction is covered and stirred at room temperature. After 2 h, an aliquot from the reaction is concentrated and treated with piperidine and a single product was observed, indicating that the acid had been completely activated to the acid chloride. The reaction is concentrated to dryness to afford a yellow solid. The solid is dissolved in CHCl3 and concentrated to dryness and used without further purification.
    • Step 4: N-Benzyl-N-methyl-4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzamide
  • Benzylmethylamine (220 μmol) is added to a 2-dram vial and dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) followed by the addition of TEA (40 μL). The acid chloride core (200 μmol) is dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1 mL) and the solution is added to the amines. The reactions sit at room temperature without agitation, overnight. Water is added and removed (2×1 mL) and upon the final water wash the organic phase is transferred to a clean vial and concentrated.
    • Step 5: {2-[4-(Benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl}-acetic acid
  • The resulting residue is dissolved in glacial acetic acid (1 mL) and glycine (30 mg, 400 μmol) is added in one portion as a solid using a solid dispenser. The vial is capped and heated (105-110° C.) for 3 h. LCMS analysis indicates that the pyrrole formation is complete. The reaction is concentrated at reduced pressure (35° C.) for 12 h. The resulting residue is dissolved in EtOAc (2 ml) and washed with H2O (3×1 mL). The organic phase is transferred to a clean vial and concentrated.
    • Step 6: {2-[4-(Benzyl-methyl-carbamoyl)-phenyl]-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl}-acetic acid ethyl ester
  • The resulting residue is dissolved in MeOH (1 mL) and a methanolic HCl solution (TMSCl (1 mL) added to MeOH (35 mL) with stirring) (1 mL) is added. The vial is capped and heated (65° C.) for 16 h. LCMS analysis indicates that the ester is the predominate product. The reaction is concentrated in vacuo.
    • Step 7: 4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-N-benzyl-N-methylbenzamide
  • To the ester from step 6 (200 μmol) is dissolved in DMSO (1 mL) and a solution of neutralized guanidine in DMSO is added (500 μL, 2 M in DMSO) and allowed to sit at room temperature for 16 h. The reaction is quenched by the addition of glacial AcOH (100 μL) and distilled water (200 μL) and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system.
    • EXAMPLES 161-185 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(4-amidophenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00020
  • Using essentially the same procedures described in Example 160 and employing the appropriate amine is step 4, the compounds shown in Table IV were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu)
  • TABLE IV
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00021
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. NR12R13 Ion (min)
    160 benzylmethylamine 466.16 0.81
    161 diethylamine 418.18 0.72
    162 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole 415.1 0.68
    163 piperidine 430.19 0.74
    164 morpholine 432.13 0.62
    165 homopiperidine 444.21 0.78
    166 pyrrolidine 416.16 0.67
    167 thiomorpholine 449.11 0.71
    168 dimethylamine 390.15 0.63
    169 Thiazolidine 434.09 0.71
    170 4-methylpiperidine 444.19 0.8
    171 cis-2,6-dimethyl-piperidine 458.19 0.82
    172 Cyclopropylmethyl-propyl-amine 458.19 0.83
    173 4-benzylpiperidine 520.14 0.92
    174 3,5-dimethyl-piperidine 458.18 0.85
    175 3-hydroxy-pyrrolidine 432.13 0.57
    176 2,5-dihydro-2,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrole 442.2 0.76
    177 ethyl-methylamine 404.15 0.44
    178 di-iso-butylamine 474.23 0.9
    179 3-hydroxypiperidine 446.15 0.6
    180 2-methylpyrrolidine 431.12 0.73
    181 methyl-2-methoxyethyl-amine 434.18 0.65
    182 iso-propyl-2-methoxyethyl-amine 462.2 0.74
    183 iso-butyl-methylamine 432.2 0.76
    184 (S)-3-hydroxy-pyrrolidine 432.13 0.56
    185 4-n-propyl-piperidine 473.13 0.92
    • EXAMPLE 186 Preparation of (N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-ylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00022
    • Step 1: 1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione
  • Diethylamine (55 mmol, 5.69 mL) and t-Butanol (55 mmol, 5.26 mL) are added to a stirred solution of Zinc Chloride (74 mmol, 10 g) in anhydrous toluene (100 mL). After two hours of stirring at room temperature, Zinc Chloride is completely dissolved. 1-(4-Fluorophenyl)-ethanone (40 mmol, 4.90 mL) is added, followed by the addition of bromoacetophenone (37 mmol, 7.4 g). The reaction is allowed to stir at room temperature for 3 days. A 5% aqueous solution of sulfuric acid (75 mL) is added and the organic phase is separated from the aqueous phase. The aqueous phase is extracted with Ethyl Acetate (50 mL) and the two organic phases are combined. The organic phase is dried with Sodium Sulfate, filtered and concentrated to give 1-(4-fluoro-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione (5.2 g) confirmed by LCMS, as a white solid.
    • Step 2: 1-Phenyl-4-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-butane-1,4-dione
  • 1-(4-Fluoro-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione (390 umol, 100 mg) and piperidine (3.9 mmol, 0.34 mL) are dissolved in DMSO (100 uL) in a vial. The vial is capped and allowed to heat/shake at 110° overnight. After which time, the reaction is checked by HPLC. After the reaction cooled to room temperature, 500 uL of water is added. The product precipitates and is filtered. 74 mg is collected and confirmed by LCMS.
    • Step 3: [2-Phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid
  • Acetic Acid (251 umol, 15 mg) is added to 1-phenyl-4-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-butane-1,4-dione (228 umol, 74 mg) and dissolved in 100 uL of DMSO. The reaction is capped and allowed to heat/shake at 110° C. overnight. The reaction is extracted with Ethyl Acetate (2×2 mL), dried with Sodium Sulfate, filtered and concentrated. The product is confirmed by LCMS.
    • Step 4: [2-Phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester
  • Chlorotrimethylsilane (275 umol, 35 uL) is added dropwise to a cooled (0° C.) solution of [2-phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid (228 umol) in methanol (anhydrous, 150 uL). The reaction is capped and allowed to heat/shake overnight at 65° C. The reaction is concentrated purified by flash chromatography over silica gel (3:1 methanol:methylene chloride). 64 mg of isolated product is confirmed by LCMS.
    • Step 5: N-{2-[2-Phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine
  • Guanidine HCl (700 umol, 66.5 mg) is dissolved in 1 mL of 0.5M NaOMe/methanol solution and rotated to dryness. The residue is subsequently dissolved in 400 uL dry DMSO. A white NaCl precipitate remained and the supernatant (free guanidine base in solution) is added to a vial containing [2-phenyl-5-(4-piperidin-1-yl-phenyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (170 umol, 64 mg). The solution is agitated in a shaker at room temperature. The reaction is quenched with excess AcOH (75 uL), concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system.
    • EXAMPLES 187 AND 188 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(4-aminophenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00023
  • Using essentially the same procedures described in Example 186 and employing the appropriate amine is step 2, the compounds shown in Table V were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE V
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00024
    Ex. Observed HPLC Ret.
    No. NR12R13 Ion Time (min)
    187 4-benzylpiperidine 402 [+ mode] 2.44
    188 morpholine 404 [M + H] 2.2
    • EXAMPLE 189 Preparation of (N-{3-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-5-methyl isoxazole-3-carboxamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00025
    • Step 1: [2-(3-Nitro-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester
  • 1-(3-Nitro-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione (2.58 g, 9.1 mmoles) is suspended in a solution of glycine (1.37 g, 18.2 mmoles) in 20 ml glacial acetic acid. The suspension is heated to 120° C. for 4.5 h. Subsequently the mixture is cooled to room temperature and the solvent is evaporated under vacuum. The crude product is dissolved in methylene chloride and the solution is extracted twice with 5% sulfuric acid in water. The combined methylene chloride extracts are dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated under reduced pressure to afford the free acid as a brown solid (purity>90%, TLC). The residue is dissolved in a solution of 3 ml trimethylsilyl chloride in 20 ml methanol and the brown solution is agitated for 2 h at 70° C. Subsequently the solvent is removed under vacuum and the product is recrystallized from ethylacetate/hexane. The mother liquor which contained more product is further purified by flash chromatography on silica gel 60 using hexane in ethylacetate 5→20% for elution. Product containing fractions are combined, the solvent is evaporated under reduced pressure and the product is recrystallized as described above. In total 1.8 g of product are obtained. TLC: methylene chloride/methanol 9: 1, Rf=0.35; 1H-NMR (CDCl3, 300 MHz) 3.7 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.6 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.4 (d, 1H, CH), 6.5 (d, 1H, CH), 7.45 (m, 5H, C6H5), 7.6-8.3 (m, 4H, C6H4NO2); MS (ES+) 337 (M+1).
    • Step 2: [2-(3-Amino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester
  • [2-(3-Nitro-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (2.74 g, 8.1 mmoles) is dissolved in a 1:1 mixture of methanol and tetrahydrofuran (160 mL). Palladium on activated charcoal (10%, 800 mg) is added to the solution under nitrogen. The reaction flask is pressurized in a Parr-shaker with 1-2 bar hydrogen. After 1 h agitation at room temperature, excess hydrogen is replaced with nitrogen and the palladium catalyst is filtered off. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure and [2-(4-amino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (2.32 g, 7.6 mmoles) is isolated as a clear oil (94% yield). TLC: etylacetate/hexane 1:1, Rf=0.67; MS: (ES+) 307 (M+1).
    • Step 3: (2-{3-[(5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carbonyl)-amino]-phenyl}-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • To a solution of [2-(3-amino-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (0.1 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) is added 5-methyl-isoxazole-3-carbonyl chloride (0.1 mmol) and triethylamine (0.02 mmol). The reactions are agitated at room temperature over night. The solvent is removed under vacuum and the residues are subsequently dried under high vacuum at 50° C. for 2 h.
    • Step 4: 5-Methyl-isoxazole-3-carboxylic acid {3-[1-(2-guanidino-2-oxo-ethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]-phenyl}-amide
  • A solution of free guanidine is prepared by dissolving 500 μmoles Guanidine hydrochloride in sodium methoxide solution (1 ml 0.5 M) and rotated to dryness. The oily residue containing a white precipitate (sodium chloride) is further dried under high vacuum at 50° C. for 2 h. The residue is subsequently dissolved in 300 μl dry dimethylsulfoxide. A white sodium chloride precipitate remained and the supernatant (free guanidine base in solution) is used for guanidinolysis.
  • The residue from step 3 is dissolved in 300 μl guanidine in dimethylsulfoxide (500 μmoles) and agitated in a shaker at room temperature for 1-4 h. The reaction is quenched with excess acetic acid (ca. 1 mmole), DMSO (200 uL) and water (100 uL), and concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, Retention Time, 0.76 min., M+H 443.
    • EXAMPLES 190-211 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(3-amidophenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00026
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 189 and employing the appropriate acid chloride in step 3, the compounds shown in Table VI, were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu)
  • The following abbreviations are used in Table VI: Ph is phenyl; Me is methyl; Et is ethyl and Bn is benzyl.
  • TABLE VI
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00027
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R15 Ion (min)
    189 5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl 443 0.76
    190 Me 376 0.63
    191 Et 390.1 0.68
    192 2,4-diCl-Ph 505.9 0.89
    193 i-Bu 418.1 0.77
    194 4-Br-Ph 517.8 0.89
    195 isopropene 402 0.72
    196 3-MeO-Ph 468 0.81
    197 3-Me-Ph 452 0.84
    198 cyclohexyl 444.1 0.84
    199 t-Bu 418.1 0.78
    200 cyclopropyl 402 0.71
    201 2,6-diCl-Ph 505.9 0.82
    202 2-thiophenyl methyl 458 0.79
    203 PhO—CH2 468.1 0.84
    204 1-propene 402.1 0.72
    205 2,4-di-MeO-Ph 498.1 0.88
    206 3-Br-Ph 516 0.89
    207 2-F-5-CF3-Ph 524.1 0.92
    208 2,4,5-triF-Ph 492.1 0.85
    209 2,4-diCl-5-F-Ph 524 0.91
    210 4-F-Bn 470.1 0.83
    211 3-F-4-triF-Ph 524 0.96
    • EXAMPLES 212-227 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(3-sulfonamidophenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00028
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 189 and employing the appropriate sulfonyl chloride is step 3, the compounds shown in Table VII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. 3HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu).
  • TABLE VII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00029
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R15 Ion (min)
    212 4-Br-Ph 553.8 0.87
    213 4-Me-Ph 488 0.81
    214 Me 412 0.66
    215 Et 426 0.7
    216 Bn 488 0.81
    217 n-Pr 440 0.73
    218 2-Phenyl-ethene 500 0.84
    219 4-CN-Ph 499 0.79
    220 1,1,1-trifluoroethyl 480 0.76
    221 4-CF3O-Ph 558 0.91
    222 2-Cl-thiophen-2-yl 514 0.84
    223 3-Br-Ph 553.9 0.86
    224 3-F-6-Me-Ph 506 0.85
    225 3-Cl-2-Me-Ph 522 0.89
    226 2,5-diMe-Ph 502.1 0.87
    227 3-MeO-Ph 504.1 0.81
    • EXAMPLES 228-248 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(4-amidophenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00030
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 189 and employing 1-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-phenylbutane-1,4-dione in Step 1 and the appropriate acid chloride in step 3, the compounds shown in Table VIII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu).
  • TABLE VIII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00031
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R15 Ion (min)
    228 5-methyl-isoxazol-3-yl 443.1 0.77
    229 Me 376.1 0.63
    230 Et 390.1 0.67
    231 2,4-diCl-Ph 506 0.9
    232 I-Bu 418.2 0.77
    233 4-Br-Ph 516 0.88
    234 isopropene 402.1 0.72
    235 3-MeO-Ph 468.1 0.82
    236 3-Me-Ph 452.1 0.84
    237 cyclohexyl 444.1 0.84
    238 t-Bu 418.2 0.77
    239 cyclopropyl 402.1 0.7
    240 2,6-diCl-Ph 506 0.85
    241 2-thiophenyl methyl 458.1 0.8
    242 PhO—CH2 468.1 0.84
    243 2,4-diMeO-Ph 498.1 0.86
    244 3-Br-Ph 516 [M − H] 2.171
    245 2,4,5-triF-Ph 492.1 0.85
    246 2,4-diCl-5-F-Ph 524 0.92
    247 4-F-Bn 470.1 0.82
    248 3-F-4-triF-Ph 524 0.95
    1HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.) × 50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ~2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 249-264 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(4-sulfonamidophenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00032
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 189 and employing 1-(4-nitrophenyl)-4-phenylbutane-1,4-dione in Step 1 and the appropriate sulfonyl chloride in step 3, the compounds shown in Table IX were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu).
  • TABLE IX
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00033
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R15 Ion (min)
    249 4-Br-Ph 552 0.88
    250 4-Me-Ph 488.1 0.82
    251 Me 412.1 0.66
    252 Et 426.1 0.69
    253 Bn 488.1 0.82
    254 n-Pr 440.1 0.74
    255 2-Phenyl-ethene 500.1 0.87
    256 4-CF3O-Ph 558 0.93
    257 3-Me-Ph 488.1 0.83
    258 5-Cl-thien-2-yl 514 0.87
    259 3-Br-Ph 552 0.88
    260 5-F-2-Me-Ph 506 0.85
    261 3-Cl-2-Me-Ph 522 0.91
    262 3-CN-Ph 499 0.79
    263 2,5-diMe-Ph 502.1 0.87
    264 3-MeO-Ph 504 0.81
    • EXAMPLE 265 Preparation of (N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-phenyl-5-[4-(2-phenylethoxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00034
    • Step 1: 1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione
  • To a vigorously stirred mixture of zinc chloride (5 g, 36.6 mmol) in anhydrous toluene (200 mL) is added a mixture of diethylamine (2.82 mL, 27.5 mmol) and t-BuOH (2.61 mL, 27.5 mmol) under Argon. After 1 h, 4′-methoxyacetophenone (4.12 g, 27.45 mmol) and 2-bromoacetophenone 1 (3.64 g, 18.3 mmol) are added sequentially. The mixture is stirred for 3 days at room temperature. The mixture is washed with 5% H2SO4 (200 mL) and the organics separated. The aqueous layer is washed with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The organics are combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated in vacuo. Silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate (5→15%)) afforded 1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione (1.8 g), characterized by LCMS (Obs: 269.09, Cal: 268.11) and 1H NMR.
    • Step 2: [2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid
  • A mixture of 1-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione (2.90 g, 10.8 mmol) and glycine 4 (1.62 g, 21.6 mmol) in 100 mL of glacial acetic acid is heated at 100° C. The reaction is monitored by TLC, when the starting material is consumed, the mixture is washed with 5% H2SO4 (200 mL) and then extracted with ethyl acetate (2×200 mL). The organics are combined, dried over sodium sulfate, filtered and concentrated to yield [2-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid as a green solid (3.40 g, crude), characterized by LCMS (Obs: 308.54, Cal: 307.34).
    • Step 3: (2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester
  • To [2-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid (3.4 g, 11.0 mmol) dissolved in anhydrous MeOH (200 mL) and cooled to 0° C. is added chlorotrimethylsilane (1.40 mL, 11.0 mmol). The mixture is refluxed for 12 h. The contents are concentrated in vacuo. The crude product is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (10% hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give (2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester as a yellow solid (2.68 g), characterized by LCMS (Obs: 322.56, Cal: 321.14) and 1H NMR.
    • Step 4: [2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester
  • To a stirred solution of (2,5-diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid methyl ester (2.68 g, 8.36 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (250 mL) cooled to −78° C. under argon is added dropwise BBr3 (41.8 mL, 41.8 mmol, 1M). The mixture is warmed to room temperature and monitored by TLC until the reaction is complete (˜5 h). The mixture is cooled to −78° C. and slowly quenched with anhydrous MeOH. The mixture is concentrated in vacuo to give [2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester a red oil which is purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (5→20% hexanes/ethyl acetate) to give [2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (1.25 g, 48.8% yield) as light brown oil, characterized by LCMS (Obs: 308.25, Cal: 307.34) and 1H NMR.
    • Step 5: [2-(4-Phenethyloxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester
  • A solution [2-(4-Hydroxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (0.1 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) is added phenethyl bromide (0.2 mmol) followed by K2CO3 (80 mg, 578 μmol). The mixture is heated without agitation overnight at 60° C. and monitored by TLC. The mixtures are cooled, water (2 mL) and CH2Cl2 (2 mL) are added, vortexed, centrifuged and the organics separated. The process is repeated with solely CH2Cl2 (1 mL). The organics are combined and concentrated in vacuo.
    • N-{2-[2-(4-Phenethyloxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine
  • To the residue from step 4 is added a solution of guanidine (500 μL, 1M in DMSO) and allowed the mixture allowed to agitate for 8 h. The reaction is quenched by the addition of glacial AcOH (50 μL) and distilled water (100 μL), and the mixture concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, Retention Time 0.95 min., M+H 439.2.
    • EXAMPLES 266-284 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(4-alkoxyphenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00035
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 265 and employing the appropriate alkyl halide (Hal-R) in step 5, the compounds shown in Table X were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu).
  • TABLE X
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00036
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R11 Ion (Min)
    265 CH2CONHC(NH)NH2 434.2 0.43
    266
    267 Allyl 375.2 0.77
    268 (CH2)2OH 379.2 0.61
    269 (CH2)2Oet 407.2 0.74
    270 CH2CONH2 392.2 0.55
    271 2-isobutene 389.3 0.81
    272 Cyclohexylmethyl 431.3 1.02
    273 3-butene 389.3 0.84
    274 4-CN-Bn 450.2 0.85
    275 3-Br-Bn 503.1 0.95
    276 3-F-Bn 443.2 0.9
    277 Et 363.2 0.75
    278 3-CN-Bn 450.2 0.84
    279 2-ethyl-butyl 419.3 1
    280 n-butyl 391.3 0.88
    281 2-propargyl 373.2 0.75
    282 3-cyanopropyl 402.3 0.73
    283 S-2-methyl-butyl 405.3 0.95
    284 4-methyl-pentyl 419.3 0.97
    • EXAMPLES 285-303 Preparation of 5-Phenyl-2-(3-alkoxyphenyl)pyrrole Acyguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00037
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 265 and employing 3′-methoxyacetophenonein step 1 and the appropriate alkyl halide in step 5, the compounds shown in Table XI were prepared and identified by 3HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: ZMD (Waters) or Platform (Micromass) or LCZ (Micromass) HPLC system: Zorbax SB-C8; Flow rate 3.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.1% TFA in water; Solvent B 0.1% TFA in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 15% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Detection: ELSD detection (SEDEX 55); UV 253 detection (Schimadzu)
  • TABLE XI
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00038
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R11 Ion (Min)
    285 CH2CONHC(NH)NH2 434.2 0.42
    286 phenethyl 439.2 0.94
    287 allyl 375.2 0.8
    288 (CH2)2OH 379.2 0.62
    289 (CH2)2OEt 407.2 0.74
    290 CH2CONH2 392.2 0.58
    291 2-isobutene 389.3 0.86
    292 cyclohexylmethyl 430.3 1
    293 3-butene 389.3 0.83
    294 4-CN-Bn 450.2 0.86
    295 3-Br-Bn 503.1 0.98
    296 3-F-Bn 443.2 0.9
    297 Et 363.2 0.75
    298 3-CN-Bn 450.2 0.86
    299 2-ethyl-butyl 419.3 1.03
    300 n-butyl 391.3 0.88
    301 2-propargyl 373.2 0.77
    302 3-cyanopropyl 402.3 0.73
    303 4-methyl-pentyl 419.3 0.98
    • EXAMPLE 304 Preparation of (N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-N′-phenethyl-guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00039
    • Step 1: Boc protected N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine
  • To a stirred solution of N-[2-(2,5-diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine (2.59 g, 8.1 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) is added DIPEA (2.83 mL, 16.2 mmol) and Boc2O (2.13 g, 9.8 mmol). The mixture is allowed to stir at room temperature and monitored by TLC/HPLC analysis. After 2 days, the reaction is incomplete and additional Boc2O (4 mmol) is added. The reaction appeared to be complete after an additional 24 h and the mixture is concentrated in vacuo and purified by flash column chromatography. The product is verified by LCMS (Exact Mass: 418.2, Obs: 419.23)
    • Step 2: Boc protected N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-N′-phenethyl-guanidine
  • Boc protected N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine (47 mg, 0.11 mmol) is deprotonated using excess NaH (12 mg, 0.3 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) for 1 h. Phenethyl bromide (200-250 μmol) is added and the mixture heated at 60° C. overnight without agitation. Water (2 mL) and CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) are added and the contents vortexed, centrifuged and the organics collected. The extraction is repeated with an additional amount of CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) and the organics are combined and concentrated in vacuo.
    • Step 3: N-[2-(2,5-Diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-N′-phenethyl-guanidine
  • To the residue from step 2 is added a solution of TFA (500 μL, 1M in CH2Cl2) and the mixtures are allowed to react overnight at room temperature without agitation. The contents are concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative 1HPLC system to give the title compound, RT 2.51 min., M+H 423.
    • EXAMPLES 305-312 Preparation of 2,5-Diphenyl Acyl guanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00040
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 304 and employing the appropriate alkyl halide in step 2, the compounds shown in Table XII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE XII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00041
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R3 R7 R9 Ion (Min)
    305 4-t-Bu-Bn H H 465.5[M + H] 2.72
    306 —CH2—CH—CH—CO2Me H H [M + H] 2.23
    307 2,3,5-triF-Bn H H [M + H] 2.52
    308 2,3,4-triF-Bn H H [M + H] 2.56
    309 (CH2)3CN 4-OPh 2-Cl 514[M + H] 2.36
    310 (CH2)3OH 4-OPh 2-Cl 505[M + H] 2.22
    311 (S)—CH2CH(CH)3CO2Me 4-OPh 2-Cl 547[M + H] 2.52
    312 (CH2)2OAc 4-OPh 2-Cl 533[M + H] 2.40
    • EXAMPLE 313 Preparation of (2-{2-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pent-4-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00042
    • Step 1
  • To an ice cooled solution of [2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid (44.33 g, 130 mmol) in methanol (500 mL) is added chlorotriethylsilane (21.8 mL, 130 mmol) dropwise. The mixture is then refluxed for 3.5 hours. The solvent is removed and the crude product purified by flash chromatography over silica gel with 5-20% ethyl acetate in hexanes to give 40 g (95% yield) identified by HPLC and MS.
    • Step 2.
  • To a solution of [2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (7.1 g, 20 mmol) in DCM at −78° C. is added boron tribromide (100 mL, 1 M solution in DCM, 100 mmol) dropwise. The mixture is stirred while warming to r.t. for 3.5 hours, and recooled to −78° C. and quenched by addition of methanol. The solvent is removed and the crude product purified by flash chromatography over silica gel with 5-20% ethyl acetate in hexames to give the title product 2.0 g (30% yield) identified by HPLC and MS.
    • Step 3.
  • To a solution of [2-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (68 mg, 0.2 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) is added 5-bromo-1-pentene (89 mg, 0.6 mmol), sodium iodide (5 mg, catalytic amount) and cesium carbonate (195 mg, 0.6 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 60° C. for 16 hours then diluted with DCM (10 mL) and washed with water (2×5 mL) and dried over MgSO4 and concentrated in vacuo to give the title product identified by HPLC and MS.
    • Step 4.
  • To a solution of [2-(4-Pent-4-enyloxyphenyl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid methyl ester (0.2 mmol) in ethanol (2 mL) is added sodium hydroxide (24 mg, 0.6 mmol). The mixture is stirred at 75° C. for 16 hours then concentrated in vacuo to give the title compounds identified by HPLC and MS.
    • Step 5.
  • A solution of [2-(4-pent-4-enyloxyphenyl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid and 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (162 mg, 1.0 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) is stirred at r.t. for 1 hour, then 1-H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine.hydrochloride (146 mg, 1 mmol) triethylamine (0.278 mL, 2 mmol) and dimethylaminopyridine (5 mg, catalytic amount) are added and the mixture stirred at r.t. for 16 hours. The mixture is filtered and the solid washed with DCM. The filtrate is then washed with water, dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to give the title product identified by HPLC and MS.
    • Step 6.
  • A solution of N-(Amino-pyrazol-1-yl-methylene)-2-[2-(4-pent-4-enyloxy-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetamide (0.2 mmol), aminopropanol (45 uL, 0.6 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (104 μL, 0.2 mmol) in DCM is stirred at r.t. for 16 hours. The solvent is removed in vacuo and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative 1HPLC system.
    • EXAMPLES 314-317 Preparation of (2-{2-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(alkoxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide) Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00043
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 313 and employing the appropriate alkyl halide in step 3, the compounds shown in Table XIII are prepared and identified by 2HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time o: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE XIII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00044
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R11 Ion (Min)
    314 —(CH2)4CN 508 [M + H] 2.09
    315 —(CH2)4CHCH2 509 [M + H] 2.46
    316
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00045
         		527 [M + H] 2.04
    317 n-pentyl 497 [M + H] 2.44
    • EXAMPLES 318-338 Preparation of 2,5-Diphenylpyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00046
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Examples 11 and 313 and employing the appropriate bromoacetophenone and amine, the compounds shown in Table XIV are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time O: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 uL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE XIV
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00047
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R3 R2 Ion (min)
    318 (CH2)3OH 4-CN-Ph 402 [M + H] 2.34
    319 (CH2)3OH 4-i-Pr-Ph 419 [M + H] 2.58
    320 (CH2)3OH 4-n-Pr-Ph 419 [M + H] 2.6
    321 (CH2)3OH 4-n-Bu-Ph 433 [M + H] 2.7
    322 (CH2)3OH 4-i-Bu-Ph 433 [M + H] 2.68
    323 (CH2)3OH 4-n-pentyl-Ph 447 [M + H] 2.8
    324 (CH2)3OH 4-n-BuO-Ph 449 [M + H] 2.64
    325 (CH2)3OH 4-Ph-Ph 453 [M + H] 2.62
    326 (CH2)3OH 4-Br-Ph 456 [M + H] 2.49
    327 (CH2)3OH 4-cyclohexyl-Ph 459 [M + H] 2.8
    328 (CH2)3OH 4-PhO-Ph 469 [M + H] 2.63
    329 (CH2)3OH 4-(4′-Ac-PhO)-Ph 511 [M + H} 2.54
    330 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-CN-Ph 488 [M + H] 2.69
    331 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-i-Pr-Ph 505 [M + H] 2.97
    332 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-n-Pr-Ph 505 [M + H] 2.99
    333 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-n-Bu-Ph 519 [M + H] 3.1
    334 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-n-BuO-Ph 535 [M + H] 3.02
    335 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-Br-Ph 542 [M + H] 2.87
    336 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-cyclohexyl-Ph 545 [M + H] 3.2
    337 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-PhO-Ph 555 [M + H] 2.99
    338 2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl 4-(4′-Ac-PhO)-Ph 597 [M + H] 2.88
    • EXAMPLES 339-367 Preparation of 2-(2-Chlorophenyl)-5-(4-alkoxyphenyl)pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00048
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 313 and employing the appropriate bromoacetophenone and amine, the compounds shown in Table XV are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
  • TABLE XV
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00049
    Observed
    Ex. Ion HPLC
    No. R3R4NH [M + H] (min)
    339 4-aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid 537 2.43
    340 trans-4-aminocylohexanol 509] 2.35
    341 4-aminobutyric acid 497 2.32
    342 beta-alanine 483] 2.31
    343 H-beta-ALA-NH2 482 2.12
    344 3-amino-1-propanol 469 2.14
    345 3-methoxypropylamine 483 2.35
    346 (+/−) 3-amino-1,2-propanediol 485 2.14
    347 N-acetylethylenediamine 496 2.19
    348 3-amino-2,2-dimethyl-1-propanol 497 2.35
    349 3-(methylthio)propylamine 499 2.40
    350 2-(2-aminomethyl)-1,3-dioxolane 511 2.26
    351 phenethylamine 515 2.53
    352 1-(aminopropyl)imidazole 519 1.72
    353 2-thiopheneethylamine 521 2.48
    354 3-aminocyclohexanecarboxylic acid 537 2.44
    355 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropylamine 543 3.26
    356 4-(methylamino)butyronitrile 492 2.76
    357 3-(trifluoromethyl)benzylamine 569 2.84
    358 2-thiophenemethylamine 507 2.55
    359 furfurylamine 491 2.43
    360 4-(aminomethyl)benzoic acid 545 2.41
    361 4-(trifluoromethyl)benzyl amine 569 2.88
    362 2,3,4-trifluorobenzylamine 555 2.87
    363 3-methoxybenzylamine 531 2.55
    364 4-hydroxy-3-methoxybenzylamine 547 2.32
    365 3-(trifluoromethoxyy)benzylamine 585 2.88
    366 methyl 4-(aminomethyl)benzoate 559 2.59
    367 methyl trans-4-(aminomethyl)cyclo- 565 2.51
    hexanecarboxylate
    • EXAMPLE 368 Preparation of (N-[Amino-(3-benzyl-ureido)-methylene]-2-(2,5-diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00050
  • To a solution of Boc protected N-[2-(2,5-diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine (48 mg, 0.11 mmol) in DMSO (0.5 mL) is added benzylamine (140 μmol). The reaction is heated (110° C.) for 3 h, then concentrated in vacuo. The residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, RT 1.28 min., M+H 452.37 HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm (length), 3.5 um column, set at 50° C.; Flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.02% formic acid in water; Solvent B 0.02% formic acid in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min 90% B; 3 min 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 220 nm, 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 369-388 Preparation of (N-[Amino-(3-ureido)-methylene]-2-(2,5-diphenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetamide) Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00051
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 368 and employing the appropriate amine, the compounds shown in Table XVI are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC conditions are the same as those used in Example 368.
  • TABLE XVI
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00052
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. NR3R4 Ion (Min)
    369 benzyl-methylamine 466.34 1.41
    370 diethylamine 418.37 1.26
    371 2,5-dihydro-1H-pyrrole 414.32 1.19
    372 ethylamino ethanol 434.33 1.08
    373 piperazine 431.29 0.88
    374 piperidine 430.34 1.3
    375 morpholine 432.32 1.2
    376 pyrrolidine 416.33 1.15
    377 N-(4-fluorophenyl)-piperazine 525.34 1.41
    378 N-benzyl-piperazine 521.33 1.02
    379 4-benzyl-piperidine 520.39 1.52
    380 3-hydroxy-pyrrolidine 432.2 0.97
    381 cyclohexylmethylamine 458.41 1.38
    382 n-butylamine 418.32 1.24
    383 ethyl-methylamine 404.35 1.2
    384 3-hydroxy-piperidine 446.37 1.1
    385 i-propylamino ethanol 448.33 1.15
    386 2-methoxyethyl-methylamine 434.42 1.17
    387 i-propyl-(2-methoxyethyl)amine 462.2 1.3
    388 hexylamine 446.42 1.39
    • EXAMPLE 389 Preparation of (N″-f{[2-(2-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00053
    • Step 1.
  • To a slurry of 1.08 g (27.08 mmol, 60%) NaH in 26 mL anhydrous THF under N2 at 0° C. was added 5.00 g (26.01 mmol) ethyl benzoyl acetate. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 20 minutes. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. in an ice-salt bath and 8.69 g (33.79 mmol) 1-adamantyl bromoethyl ketone was added. Reaction was left to warm to room temperature while stirring overnight. The mixture was cooled to 0° C. and 50-70 mL 10% citric acid was added. The solution was extracted twice with 80 mL ethyl acetate. The combined ethyl acetate extracts were washed with sat. aqueous NaCl, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford a yellow oil: m/z 369 (M+H).
    • Step 2.
  • To a solution of 12.04 g 4-adamantan-1-yl-2-benzoyl-4-oxo-butyric acid ethyl ester from Step 1 in 30 mL ethanol was added 30 mL 3M aqueous NaOH. The reaction was heated to 110° C. overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and washed with water. The organic extract was washed with sat. aqueous NaCl, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford a viscous brown oil: m/z 297 (M+H).
    • Step 3.
  • A solution of 5.54 g (18.69 mmol) 1-adamantan-1-yl-4-phenyl-butane-1,4-dione from Step 2 and 2.80 g (37.38 mmol) glycine in 62 mL acetic acid was heated to reflux for 5 hours. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was taken up in ethyl acetate and the undissolved solid was filtered off. The filtrate was washed with 5% aqueous H2SO4. The aqueous layer was extracted two times with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with sat. aqueous NaCl, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford a brown solid which was dried under vacuum overnight: m/z 336 (M+H).
    • Step 4.
  • To a solution of 3.00 g (8.94 mmol) 2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid in 89 mL anhydrous DMF under N2 was added 7.25 g (44.71 mmol) N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, upon which time 8.05 g (44.71 mmol) guanidine carbonate, 12.46 mL (89.43 mmol) triethylamine, and 0.10 g (0.8 mmol) DMAP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction mixture was added to water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed 3× with water, 1× with sat. aqueous NaCl, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give a brown solid which was dried under vacuum overnight: m/z 377 (M+H).
    • EXAMPLE 390 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-Adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(ethylamino-methylene]acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00054
  • Step 1. To a solution of 1.04 g (2.77 mmol) N-[2-(2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine in 27 mL anhydrous THF under N2 at 0° C. was added 1.25 mL (1.25 mmol) di-tert-butyldicarbonate dropwise. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 20 minutes. The reaction mixture was added to water and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The combined organic extracts were washed with sat. aqueous NaCl, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to give a brown oil. The residue was purified by Gilson preparative 4HPLC to afford 427 mg of N-[2-(2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester [2LC-MS data molecular ion and retention time): m/z 477 (M+H); 3.86 min] as a brown gum.
  • Step 2. N-[2-(2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester was dissolved in 2.0 mL anhydrous DMF and was added to a glass microwave reaction tube containing 1 equivalent (60%) NaH under N2. Reaction was stirred for 1 hr at room temperature before the addition of 1 equivalent of alkyl bromide. The reaction was subjected to microwave radiation at 180° C. for 540 seconds. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 and washed with water. The CH2Cl2 layer was diluted with TFA to make a 20% solution. The mixture was stirred for 4 hours at room temperature. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, R. T. 2.1, M+H 405.4. HPLC conditions: YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 μM; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 391-395 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-Adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(ethylamino-methylene]acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00055
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 390 and employing the appropriate alkyl or aryl halide, the compounds shown in Table XVII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18 column, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm×2 mm, 3.5μ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH4OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH4OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • TABLE XVII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00056
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R3 Ion (min)
    390 ethyl 405.4 [(M + H] 2.1
    391 n-propyl 419 [M + H] 2.87
    392 n-pentyl 447 [M + H] 3.04
    393 (CH2)3—CN 444.4 [(M + H] 2.9
    394 (CH2)2—OAc 463 [M + H] 2.69
    395 (CH2)3—OH 435.4 [(M + H] 2.9
    • EXAMPLE 396 (2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-hydroxyethyl)-amino]methylene}acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00057
  • Step 1. To a solution of 1-H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine HCl in 2.0 mL DMF was added one equivalent of DIEA. The reaction was stirred for 15 minutes at room temperature and added to a 20 mL glass scintillation vial containing 1 equivalent of ethanol amine. The reaction was mixed at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated, the residue was triturated with CH2Cl2, and the CH2Cl2 layer was pipetted off. The remaining residue was dried under vacuum overnight.
  • Step 2. To a solution of one equivalent of 2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid in 2.0 mL DMF was added 5 equivalents of N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, upon which time 5 equivalents of alkyl guanidine from Step 1, 10 equivalents of triethylamine, and 10 mol % DMAP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, R. T. 2.59, M+H 433. HPLC conditions: YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 μM; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05 μM NH4OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 397-399 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenylpyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00058
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 396 and employing the appropriate amine, R3NH2, the compounds shown in Table XVIII were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18 column, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm×2 mm, 3.5μ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH4OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH4OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • TABLE XVIII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00059
    Ex. Observed HPLC
    No. R3 Ion (min)
    397 (CH2)2—CN 430 [M + H] 2.55
    398 (CH2)2-dioxolane 477 [M + H] 2.68
    399 thien-2-ylmethyl 473 [M + H] 2.69
    • EXAMPLE 400 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-Adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(4-hydroxybutyl)amino]-methylene}acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00060
  • Step 1. To a solution of 2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetic acid (1 eq.) in 1.3 mL N-methylpyrrolidinone was added 2-chloro-1-methyl-pyridinium iodide (1.1 eq.). The reaction was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and added to a 20 mL glass scintillation vial containing 1.2 equivalents of hydroxybutyl guanidine and 2.9 equivalents of DIEA. The reaction was mixed at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative 4HPLC system, R. T. 2.75, M+H 449.5. HPLC conditions: YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 μM; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 401-417 Preparation of 2-(1-Adamantyl)-5-phenyl pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00061
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 400 and employing the appropriate guanidine derivative, the compounds shown in Table XIX were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses.
  • TABLE XIX
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00062
    Ex. Observed 1HPLC
    No. R3 Ion (min)
    401 2-furylmethyl 457 [M + H] 2.94
    402 tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl 461 [M + H] 2.91
    403 Cyclohexyl 459.5 [M + H] 3.1
    404 (2R)-2-hydroxypropyl 435.5 [M + H] 2.76
    405 (2S)-2-hydroxypropyl 435.5 [M + H] 2.75
    406 2,3-dihydroxypropyl 451.6 [M + H] 2.842
    407 i-butyl 433.5 [M + H] 3.632
    408 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl 457.5 [M + H] 3.642
    409 3-ethoxycarbonyl-propyl 491.7 [M + H] 3.492
    410 cyclopropyl 473 [M + H] 3.04
    411 cyclohexylmethyl 417.1 [M + H] 2.782
    412 trans-4-hydroxycyclohexyl 476.2 [M + H] 2.612
    413 3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl 485.2 [M + H] 2.662
    414 3-methoxypropyl 449.2 [M + H] 2.872
    415 2-methoxyethyl 435 [M + H] 2.69
    416 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl 509 [M + H] 3.06
    417 cycloheptyl 473.2 [M + H] 3.334
    1HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18 column, 2 mm (i.d.) × 50 mm × 2 mm, 3.5 μ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH4OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH4OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration : ~2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
    2HPLC Conditions (except as noted): Hewlett Packard 1100 MSD with ChemStation Software; Keystone Aquasil C18 column, 50 mm × 2 mm, 5 μ particle size, at 40° C.; Solvent A: 10 mM NH4OAc; Solvent B: acetonitrile; Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2.5 min 95% B; Hold 95% B 4 min; Flow rate 0.8 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD; API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
    • EXAMPLE 418 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-Adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00063
  • Step 1. To a solution of 1 equivalent of nitrile in 60 mL of 1M solution of NH3 in MeOH in a hydrogenation bottle was added a mixture of 5.0 g of Raney Nickel in 80 mL of MeOH. The reaction was hydrogenated at 50 psi for approximately 5 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered through celite. The filtrate was concentrated and the residue was taken up in CH2Cl2 and washed with 1.0N NaOH solution. The mixture was filtered to remove the emulsion. The organic and aqueous layers were separated. The organic extract was dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated to give the desired amines.
  • Step 2. To a solution of 1 equivalent of the phenylpyrrole acetic acid in 4.0 mL CH2Cl2 was added 5 equivalent N,N′-carbonyldiimidazole. The solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, upon which time 5 equivalents of 1-H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine HCl, 10 equivalents of triethylamine and 10 mol % DMAP were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2½ hours. The reaction was filtered and the organic layer was washed with water, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated.
  • Step 3. The residue from Step 2 was taken up in CH2Cl2 and 3 equivalents of DIEA and amine were added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system, R. T. 2.32, M+H 473. HPLC conditions: YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 μM; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD.
    • EXAMPLES 419-430 Preparation of 2-(1-Adamantyl)-5-phenyl pyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00064
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 418 and employing the appropriate amino acid, the compounds shown in Table XX are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18 column, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm×2 mm, 3.5μ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH4OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH4OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • TABLE XX
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00065
    Ex. HPLC
    No. R3 R2 [M + H] (min)
    418 5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl adamantyl
    419 (4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl adamantyl 488 2.45
    420 2-thien-2-ylethyl adamantyl 487 2.53
    421 3-aminobenzyl adamantyl 482 2.42
    422 2-thien-3-ylethyl adamantyl 487 2.54
    423 (5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 498 2.03
    424 (4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 513 2.18
    425 2-thien-2-ylethyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 512 1.94
    426 3-aminobenzyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 507 2.1
    427 2-thien-3-ylethyl 4-allylcarbamoylphenyl 512 2.24
    428 1H-indol-3-ylmethyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 531 2.22
    429 1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 481 2.15
    430 5-acetyl-thiophen-2-ylmethyl 4-allylcarbamoyl-phenyl 540 1.72
    • EXAMPLE 431 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(ethyl-sulfonyl)amino]methylene}acetamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00066
  • A solution of 1 equivalent of N-[2-(2-adamantan-1-yl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine in 2.0 mL CH2Cl2 was cooled to 7° C. To the solution 1.0 equivalent of triethylamine was added. The reaction was stirred for 10-15 minutes, after which time ethylsulfonyl chloride was added. The reaction was concentrated and the residue is dissolved in a mixture of DMSO, MeOH and water (1.5 mL total) and purified by Gilson preparative HPLC system. HPLCconditions: YMC Pro C18 column, 20 mm×50 mm ID, 5 uM; 2 mL injection; Solvent A: Water (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Solvent B: acetonitrile (0.05% NH4OH buffer); Gradient: Time 0: 5% B; 2 min: 5% B; 12 min: 95% b, Hold 95% B 3 min; Flow rate 22.5 mL/min; Detection: 254 nm DAD. [M+H] 469, retention time 2.7 min.
    • EXAMPLES 432-434 Preparation of (2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(alkyl-sulfonyl)amino]methylene}acetamide) Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00067
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 431 and employing the appropriatealkylsulfonyl chloride, R′SO2Cl, the compounds shown in Table XXI are prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18 column, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm×2 mm, 3.5μ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH4OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH4OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • TABLE XXI
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00068
    Observed
    Ex. Ion HPLC
    No. R′ [M + H] (min)
    432 3-Cl-propylsulfonyl 517 2.78
    433 butylsulfonyl 497 2.83
    434 propylsulfonyl 483 2.77
    • EXAMPLE 435 Preparation of (N″-({2-[5-(hydroxymethyl)-1-naphthyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00069
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00070
  • Step 1: 1-(t-butoxycarbonyl)pyrrole-2-boronic acid (Frontier Scientific, 15.2731 g, 72.38 mmol) was combined with K3PO4 (18.4967 g, 87.13 mmol), bromobenzene (9 mL, 85.6 mmol), DMF (570 mL) and 10 mL MeOH. This heterogeneous mixture was freeze-thaw degassed 3 times and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0) (941.0 mg, 0.812 mmol) was added. The resultant heterogeneous mixture was heated at 60° C. for 3 d, then combined with EtOAc (800 mL) and washed with water (500 mL) followed by brine (2×500 mL). The organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), concentrated, and purified (15% EtOAc/Hex) to give product as a white solid (60%, 6.2175 g, 43.42 mmol).
    Step 2: 2-Phenyl-1H-pyrrole (1.9071 g, 9.036 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (20 mL). This solution was added dropwise to a cooled (ice/H2O) stirring slurry of NaH (810.1 mg, 20.3 mmol) in DMF (15 mL). After the bubbling had subsided, tert-butyl bromoacetate (8 mL, 54.2 mmol) in DMF (10 mL) was added to the stirring solution dropwise. After 30 m, a pink heterogeneous mixture was quenched with sat. NaHCO3 (aq), dumped into EtOAc (250 mL), and washed with brine (3×250 mL). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), then purified (5% EtOAc/Hex, silica gel) to give product as a yellow oil (75%, 2.5730 g, 10.00 mmol).
    Step 3: To a dry flask was added N-(t-butoxycarbonyl)methyl-2-phenylpyrrole (131 mg) and anhydrous DMF (2.5 mL). The flask was cooled with an ice bath before the slow addition of a solution of NBS (1.0 equiv.) in DMF (1.0 mL). After 5 min, the reaction was completed and the product was extracted with ethyl acetate. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (eluted with hexane). The purified product (142 mg) was kept as a solution in toluene.
    Step 4: To a dry three-neck round-bottomed flask was added with 1-naphthoic acid (17.22 g, 0.1 mol) and acetic acid (40 mL). The solution was heated to 90° C. and then bromine (5.3 mL0 was added dropwise in a period of 30 min. The reaction mixture was stirred at 90° C. for 90 min and heating was turned off. The mixture was then stirred at rt overnight before work-up.
    Step 5: To a dry flask was added with anhydrous methanol (100 mL). The flask was cooled with a ice-bath, acetyl chloride (10 mL) was added slowly to the flask. After stirred for 15 min, the above bromination product (7.50 g, 30 mmol) was added. The mixture was refluxed for 5 h and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the crude was dissolved into ethyl acetate (200 mL). The solution was washed with saturated aqueous sodium carbonate solution four times, followed with brine. After dried with anhydrous sodium sulfate, the solution was concentrated to give methyl 5-bromo-1-naphthate (7.90 g).
    Step 6: The product obtained above (6.84 g) was dissolved into THF-Methanol (3:1) (50 mL). Cooled with a water bath, the solution was added with sodium borohydride (excess) and the reaction mixture was stirred at rt overnight. The reaction was diluted with ethyl acetate and saturated ammonium chloride aqueous solution. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated over vacuum. Purification with flash chromatography gave 5-bromo-1-hydroxymethylnaphthalene (5.10 g) as the product.
    Step 7: To a round-bottomed flask was added with 5-bromo-1-hydroxymethylnaphthalene (1.02 g, 4.3 mmol), bispinacollatoboron (1.1 equiv.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.03 equiv.), dppf (0.03 equiv.), potassium acetate (3.0 equiv.) and DMSO (6 mL). The mixture was de-gassed and heated to 80° C. under argon. The reaction was allowed to proceed at 80° C. under argon overnight and then diluted with ethyl acetate and water. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated over vacuum. Purification with flash chromatography gave the boronic ester product (0.53 g).
    Step 8. To a solution of the pyrrole bromide (0.3 mmol) in toluene (2 mL), MeOH (0.5 mL) and 2 M NaHCO3 (1 mL) was added the boronic acid (0.06 g, 1.3 eq) and palladium tetrakistriphenylphosphine (0.02 g). NOTE: All solvents were individually degassed. The reaction mixture was stirred for 13 hr at 80° C., worked up with brine/EtOAc, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Chromatography (silica, EtOAc/hexanes) afforded the desired products (40-70%).
    Step 9: To a solution of N-2-[2-(5-Hydroxymethyl-naphthalen-1-yl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester (0.14 mmol) in MeOH (0.1 mL) is added activated 3 angstrom molecular sieves. This mixture was allowed to stir 15 min. A solution of guanidine HCl (3 mmol) and NaOMe (2 mmol) in MeOH (dried over molecular sieves, degassed, 2 mL) over dry sieves was prepared. 0.55 mL (˜0.55 mmol.) of the solution was added and stirred at 55° C. overnight. The reaction was worked up with brine/EtOAc, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude product was purified by flash chromatography (ethyl acetate-5% methanol in ethyl acetate) to provide the title compound (32.5 mg, yield 29%). LC-MS MH+ (m/z) 399.4.
    • EXAMPLE 436 Preparation of (N-{[2-(6-hydroxy-1-benzofuran-3-yl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}-guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00071
  • Step 1: To a dry round-bottom flask was added 6-hydroxybenzofuran-3-one (5.03 g, 33.5 mmol), dichloromethane (30 mL) and pyridine (3.2 mL, 40 mmol, 1.2 equiv.). The mixture was cooled with an ice bath and then added with acetic anhydride (3.42 g, 1.0 equiv.). The ice bath was removed and the reaction was allowed to proceed at rt overnight. The reaction mixture was then diluted with ethyl acetate (80 mL) and sat. aqueous solution of ammonium chloride (30 mL). The organic layer and aqueous layer were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were washed with brine once and dried over sodium sulfate before concentrated with rotary evaporation. The crude product was purified by trituration with ether twice to give the pure product (5.18 g) with a yield of 80%.
    Step 2: To a dry round-bottom flask was added 6-acetoxybenzofuran-3-one (1.91 g, 10.0 mmol), anhydrous dichloromethane (30 mL) and cesium carbonate (30 mmol). The mixture was cooled with a dry ice/acetone bath and then added with triflic anhydride (1.68 mL, 1.0 equiv.). The dry ice bath was removed and the temperature slowly reached to rt. The reaction was monitored by TLC. After stirred at rt for 2 h, the reaction was completed and the solid was removed by filtration. The filter was concentrated. Flash chromatography gave 2.35 g (72%) of pure product.
    Step 3: To a round-bottom flask was added 6-acetoxy-3-hydroxy-benzofuran triflate (2.35 g, 7.25 mmol), potassium acetate (2.14 g, 21.8 mmol), bispinacollatoboron (1.1 equiv.), Pd(dppf)Cl2 (0.03 equiv.), dppf (0.03 equiv.), and dioxane (30 mL). The mixture was de-gassed and heated to 80° C. under argon. The reaction was allowed to proceed at 80° C. under argon for 20 h and then diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL) and water (15 mL). The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated over vacuum. Flash chromatography gave the boronic ester product (1.51 g, yield 69%).
    Step 4: To a round-bottom flask was added 6-acetoxybenzofuran-3-yl pinacollatoboronate (780 mg, 2.58 mmol), toluene (3.0 mL), 2.0 M aqueous solution of cesium carbonate (4.0 mL), Methanol (2 ml) and Pd(PPh3)4 (0.077 mmol). A solution of t-butyl 2-bromo-5-phenylpyrrolyl-N-acetate in toluene (2.58 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was then added and the mixture was de-gassed by vacuum and heated to 80° C. under argon. The reaction was allowed to proceed at 80° C. under argon for overnight and then diluted with ethyl acetate (20 mL) and water (5 mL). The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated over vacuum. Flash chromatography gave the coupled product N-{2-[2-(6-hydroxybenzofuran-3-yl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester (150 mg, yield 15%).
    Step 5: N-{2-[2-(6-Hydroxy-benzofuran-3-yl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine was prepared by the standard guanidinolysis procedure using N-{2-[2-(6-Hydroxybenzofuran-3-yl)-5-phenylpyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid t-butyl ester. The crude was purified by HPLC to provide the desired product (15 mg, yield 35%). LC-MS M−H− (m/z) 373.4.
    • EXAMPLES 437-454 Preparation of 2-Aryl-5-phenylpyrrole Acylguanidine Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00072
  • Using essentially the same procedures described in Examples 435 and 436 hereinabove, and employing the appropriate boronic acid, R2—B(OH)2, the compounds shown on Table XXII were prepared and identified by HNMR and mass spectral analyses.
  • TABLE XXII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00073
    Ex. LC-MS
    No. R2 (m/z)
    437 2-methoxyphenyl 349.4
    438 2-cyanophenyl 344.3
    439 3-fluoro-2-methoxyphenyl 367.3
    440 2-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl 349.3
    441 4-amino-2-methoxyphenyl 348.2
    442 3-(hydroxymethyl)phenyl 349.4
    443 3-acetylphenyl 361.3
    444 4-benzamido 362.3
    445 1-acetyl-2,3-dihydro-1H-indol-5-yl 402.5
    446 3-hydroxyphenyl 335.4
    447 4-(1-propionyl)phenyl —
    448 3,5-dimethylphenyl —
    449 4-n-butylphenyl 375.4
    450 2,5-dimethylphenyl 347.3
    451 4-(cyanomethyl)phenyl 358.3
    452 2-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl 387.3
    453 3-(cyanomethyl)phenyl 358.3
    454 4-(2-cyanoethyl)phenyl 372.5
    • EXAMPLE 455 Preparation of (N″-[(2-benzoyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00074
    • Step 1. Phenyl-(5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methanone
  • To a stirred solution of 2-phenyl-1H-pyrrole (354 mg, 2.48 mmol) was added a solution of EtMgBr (0.81 ml, 2.43 mmol, 3.0M in Et2O) in THF (4 ml) at room temperature. After stirring for 10 minutes, the reaction mixture was cooled to −78° C. and treated with a solution of S-pyridin-2-yl benzenecarbothioate (533 mg, 2.48 mmol) in THF (5 ml). After stirring for 10 minutes at −78° C., the reaction mixture was warmed up to room temperature and stirred over night. The reaction was quenched with saturated NH4Cl and acidified with aqueous 2N HCl (2.5 ml). The two layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with aqueous 2N HCl, dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:5/50) to afford the titled compound (290 mg, 48%) as a solid: mp, 159-162° C.; MS (+) ES, 248 (M+H)+.
    • Step 2. tert-butyl (2-benzoyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetate
  • To a stirred solution of phenyl(5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methanone (399 mg, 1.62 mmol) in THF (10 ml) was added NaH (78 mg, 1.95 mmol, 60% in mineral oil) at room temperature. After stirring for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was treated with tetra-butyl bromoacetate (0.52 ml, 3.23 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 48 h at room temperature and quenched with ice water (25 ml). The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (2×50 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (50 ml), brine (50 ml), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane:3/50) to produce the titled compound (333 mg, 57%) as a white solid: mp 85-87° C.; MS (+) El, 362 (M+H)+.
    • Step 3. N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-benzoyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide
  • A solution of tert-butyl (2-benzoyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetate (148 mg, 0.41 mmol) in trifluoroacetic acid was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. After removal of trifluoroacetic acid, the residue was treated with CH2Cl2 (10 ml), MeOH (1 ml) and H2O (10 ml). The two layers were separated and the aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3×10 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (10 ml), brine (10 ml), dried (Na2SO4) filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc/hexane/HCO2H: 10/40/0.1) to afford (2-benzoyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetic acid (125 mg, 100%) as an oil.
  • To a stirred solution of (2-benzoyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetic acid (260 mg, 0.85 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) was added 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (166 mg, 1.02 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring for 1 h, the reaction mixture was treated with a solution of guanidine hydrochloride (244 mg, 2.55 mmol) in DMF (2.5 ml) and triethylamine (0.54 ml, 2.55 mmol). After stirring over night, the reaction mixture was quenched with H2O (30 ml). The aqueous was extracted with Et2O (3×30 ml), EtOAc (10 ml). The combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (silica gel; EtOAc/hexane/2M NH3 in MeOH: 65/35/1) to give the titled compound (169 mg, 58%) as a white solid: mp 201-203° C.; MS (−) ES, 345 (M−H)−.
    • EXAMPLES 456 AND 457 Preparation of (N″-[(2-Heteroaroyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine) Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00075
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 455 hereinabove and employing the appropriate S-pyridin-2-yl heteroarylcarbothioate, the compounds shown on Table XXIII were prepared and identified by HNMR and mass spectral analyses.
  • TABLE XXIII
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00076
    Ex.
    No. R2 mp° C. MS
    456 2-furyl 175-177 335 (M − H)−
    457 2-thienyl 147-149 254 (M + H)+
    • EXAMPLE 458 Preparation of N-[(2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00077
    • Step 1. 2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrole
  • To a solution of phenyl(5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)methanone (670 mg, 2.7 mmol) in iPrOH (50 ml) was added NaBH4 (1.08 g, 27.0 mmol) at room temperature. After refluxing for 18 h, the reaction mixture was cooled and poured to cooled water (100 ml). The aqueous was extracted with CH2Cl2 (2×100 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (80 ml), brine (80 ml), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (EtOAc/hexane:5/95) to give the titled compound (561 mg, 81%) as a solid: mp 82-84° C.; MS (+) ES, 233 (M+H)+
    • Step 2. methyl (2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetate
  • To a solution of 2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrole (467 mg, 2.0 mmo) in DMF (5 ml) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil, 240 mg, 6.0 mmol) at room temperature in one portion. After stirring for 30 min at room temperature, the reaction mixture was heated to 60° C. and methyl bromoacetate (0.57 ml, 6.0 mmol) was added. After 1 h stirring at 60° C., the reaction was cooled and quenched with aqueous 1N HCl (30 ml). The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (3×30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with aqueous 1N HCl (30 ml), H2O (30 ml), brine (30 ml), dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (EtOAc/hexane: 3/97) to afford the titled compound (240 mg, 39%) as an oil: MS (+) ES, 306 (M+H)+.
    • Step 3. (2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetic acid
  • To a solution of methyl (2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetate (203 mg, 0.66 mmol) in THF (1 ml) was added aqueous 1N LiOH (1 ml) at room temperature. After 3 h stirring at room temperature, the reaction was quenched with H2O (10 ml). The aqueous was extracted with Et2O (2×10 ml). The aqueous was acidified with 1N HCl to pH˜3, extracted with EtOAc (3×15 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (15 ml), brine (15 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (EtOAc/MeOH:95/5) to provide the titled compound (185 mg, 96%) as a solid: mp 137-139° C.; MS (+) ES, 292 (M+H)+.
    • Step 4. N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide
  • To a stirred solution of (2-benzyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetic acid (155 mg, 0.53 mmol) in DMF (1.0 ml) was added 1,1′-carbonyldiimidazole (172 mg, 1.06 mmol) at room temperature. After 1 h stirring, the reaction mixture was treated with a solution of guanidine carbonate (286 mg, 1.59 mmol) in DMF (2.0 ml) and triethylamine (0.22 ml, 1.59 mmol). After stirring for 18 h, the reaction mixture was quenched with H2O (10 ml). The aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (3×30 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (2×30 ml), brine (30 ml), dried (Na2SO4), filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (silica gel; EtOAc/2M NH3 in MeOH: 97/3) to give the titled compound (130 mg, 74%) as a solid: mp 155-158° C.; MS (+) ES, 333 (M+H)+.
    • EXAMPLE 459 Preparation of N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00078
    • Step 1. 2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrole
  • 2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrole was prepared by using essentially the same procedure as Example 458, step 1, as a solid (91%): mp 79-80° C.; MS (+) ES, 224 (M+H)+.
    • Step 2. tert-butyl[2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetate
  • tert-Butyl[2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetate was prepared by using essentially the same procedure as Example 458, step 2, as a white solid (76%): mp 59-60° C.; MS (+) ES, 338 (M+H)+.
    • Step 3. N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide
  • To a solution of guanidine hydrochloride in anhydrous MeOH (1.5 ml) was added powder NaOEt (80 mg. 1.17 mmol). After 10 min stirring at room temperature, the reaction mixture was treated with tert-butyl[2-(2-furylmethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetate. After 5 h stirring at 55° C., the reaction mixture was cooled and quenched with H2O (5 ml), diluted with EtOAc (15 ml). The organic layer was separated and the aqueous was extracted with EtOAc (2×15 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with H2O (15 ml), brine (15 ml), dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The crude material was purified by chromatography (silica gel; EtOAc/2M NH3 in MeOH: 97/3) to give the titled compound (73 mg, 57%) as a solid: mp 80-82° C.; MS (−) ES, 321 (M−H)−.
    • EXAMPLE 460 Preparation of N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1 pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00079
    • Step 1. 2-Phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrole
  • 2-Phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrole was prepared by using essentially the same procedure as Example 458, step 1, as a solid (83%): compound identified by 1HNMR.
    • Step 2. tert-Butyl[2-phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetate
  • tert-Butyl[2-phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetate was prepared by using essentially the same procedure as Example 458, step 2, as an oil (83%): compound identified by 1HNMR.
    • Step 3. N-[Amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide
  • N-[Amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(thien-2-ylmethyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide was prepared by using essentially the same procedure as Example 459, step 3, as a solid (28%): mp 99-120° C.; MS (+) El, 339 (M+H)+.
    • EXAMPLE 461 Preparation of (N-Ethyl-4-(1-{2-[N′-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-guanidino]-2-oxo-ethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-benzamide)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00080
  • Step 1: A mixture of 5.0 g (36.6 mmol) anhydrous zinc (II) chloride, 2.8 mL (27 mmol) diethylamine, and 2.0 g t-butyl alcohol was treated with 10 mL anhydrous benzene and was stirred for 1.5 hours, treated with 5.26 g (27 mmol) ethyl (4-acetyl)benzoyl acetate and 3.58 g (18 mmol) bromoacetophenone and stirred at room temperature for 72 h. The reaction was poured into 125 mL 5% aqueous H2SO4 and extracted 2× with ethyl acetate. The organic extracts were washed with 1N HCl, dried over MgSO4, and evaporated to afford a tan solid. 1H NMR indicated that the crude product was a mixture in near equal proportions of the desired 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester and returned starting material ethyl (4-acetyl)benzoyl acetate. The crude product was taken on to the next step without purification.
    Step 2: To a solution of 6.17 g 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid ethyl ester from Step 1 in 100 mL THF was added a solution of 3.86 g (69 mmol) potassium hydroxide in 110 mL water. The reaction was heated to reflux for 4.5 hr and allowed to cool. The reaction was transferred to an Ehrlenmeyer flask and cooled to 0° C. in an ice bath. Concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise until a solid precipitated. The solid was collected by filtration and dried to afford 2.59 g (9.1 mmol) 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid.
    Step 3: To a stirred slurry of 1.93 g (8 mmol) 4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzoic acid in 22 mL CH2Cl2 was added 8 ml 2.0 M solution of oxalyl chloride in CH2Cl2, followed by 3 drops of dimethylformamide (DMF). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 3 hr, after which time addition of additional drops of DMF showed no further evolution of gas. The reaction was concentrated and the crude acid chloride (a tan solid) was taken up in benzene and concentrated two times. A 20 mL glass scintillation vial was charged with ethyl amine (1.0 mmol, obtained as a 2.0 M solution in THF) and 0.18 mL (1.3 mmol) triethylamine. The crude acid chloride was dissolved in 32 ml CH2Cl2 and 4 mL (1.0 mmol) was added dropwise to the amine, immediately forming a precipitate. Additional 2 mL CH2Cl2 was added to slurry the precipitate and the reaction was mixed at room temperature over 3 nights. The reaction was quenched with 5 mL 0.5 M aqueous hydrochloric acid. The resulting solid was collected by filtration and dried to afford 0.159 g crude N-ethyl-4-(4-oxo-4-phenyl-butyryl)-benzamide, m/z 310 (M+H).
    Step 4: To a slurry of ˜1.0 mmol ethyl benzamide from Step 3 in 3 mL acetic acid was added 0.15 g (2.0 mmol) glycine. The reaction was mixed at 90-102° C. for 5.5 hr and allowed to cool. The solution was concentrated and the residue was purified by 6Gilson preparative HPLC to afford 120 mg of [2-(4-ethylcarbamoyl-phenyl)-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid [5LC-MS data molecular ion and retention time): m/z 349 (M+H); 2.36 min] as a brown solid.
    Step 5: To 120 mg pyrrolyl acetic acid from Step 4 was added 97 mg (0.6 mmol, 5 equiv.) of carbonyldiimidazole and 2 mL CH2Cl2. The reaction was mixed at room temperature for one hour, upon which time was added 88 mg (5 equiv.) 1H-pyrazole-1-carboxamidine hydrochloride, 0.16 mL (10 equiv.) triethylamine, and a catalytic amount of 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The reaction was mixed at room temperature for one hour, filtered to remove any precipitates formed, and washed with water. The organic phase was separated from the aqueous phase and concentrated to afford 59 mg crude N-ethyl-4-(1-{[(imino-pyrazol-1-yl-methyl)-carbamoyl]-methyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-benzamide, which was used in the next step without purification.
    Step 6: To a slurry of ˜0.12 mmol ethyl benzamide from Step 5 in 2 mL CH2Cl2 was added 27 mg (0.36 mmol, 3 equiv.) 3-aminopropanol and 62 μL (0.36 mmol) diisopropylethylamine and the reaction was mixed overnight at room temperature. The reaction was concentrated and the residue was purified by preparative 6HPLC to afford 15.8 mg of the title compound [5LC-MS data (molecular ion and retention time): m/z 448 (M+H); 1.90 min] as an oil.
    • EXAMPLES 462-472 Preparation of (N-Alkyl-4-(1-{2-[N′-(3-hydroxy-propyl)-guanidino]-2-oxo-ethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)-benzamide) Derivatives
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00081
  • Using essentially the same procedure described in Example 461 and employing the appropriate amine HNR′R″ in step 3, the compounds shown in Table XXIV were prepared and identified by HPLC and mass spectral analyses. HPLC Conditions: HP 1100 HPLC system; Waters Xterra MS C18 column, 2 mm (i.d.)×50 mm×2 mm, 3.5μ particle size, set at 50° C.; flow rate 1.0 mL/min; Solvent A: 0.05% NH4OH in water; Solvent B: 0.05% NH4OH in ACN; Gradient: Time 0: 10% B; 2.5 min: 90% B; 3 min: 90% B; Sample concentration: ˜2.0 mM; Injection volume: 5 μL; Detection: 254 nm DAD, API-ES Scanning Mode Negative 150-700; Fragmentor 70 mV.
  • TABLE XXIV
    Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00082
    Observed
    Ex. Ion HPLC
    No. NR′R″ [M + H] (min)
    462 cyclopropylamino 460 2.4
    463 allylamino 460 2.4
    464 2-hydroxyethylamino 464 2.38
    465 2-cyanoethylamino 471 2.4
    466 (S)-(1-carbamoyl)ethylamino 491 2.31
    467 propylamino 462 2.21
    468 2-methoxyethylamino 478 2.11
    469 (rac)(1-methyl) propylamino 476 2.32
    470 N-allyl-N-methylamino 474 2.32
    471 N-[1,3]dioxolan-2-ylmethyl-N-methylamino 520 2.25
    472 2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropylamino 552 2.44
    • EXAMPLE 473 Preparation of N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(trans-4-propylcyclohexyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00083
  • Step 1: To 2.5 mL of anhydrous EtOH and 0.25 mL carbon tetrachloride was added 1.2 g (50 mmol) magnesium turnings. 8.0 g (50 mmol) diethyl malonate was dissolved in a mixture of 5 mL anhydrous EtOH and 20 mL anhydrous toluene and added in small portions to the magnesium turnings over the course of 1.5 hr so as to maintain a gentle reflux. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hr, and then cooled to 0° C. in ice. 4-Propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl chloride (50 mmol) was added dropwise and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature over night. The reaction was then heated to 55° C. for 4 hr with stirring, allowed to cool to ambient temperature, and was poured into a slurry of crushed ice and 10% H2SO4. The solution was diluted with brine and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer was separated, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford 10.71 g (34.28 mmol) 2-(4-propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester as a clear, near colorless oil.
    Step 2: A solution of 3.0 g (9.6 mmol) 2-(4-propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl)-malonic acid diethyl ester and 0.3 g p-toluenesulfonic acid in 30 mL water was heated to reflux for 3 hr and allowed to stand at room temperature over 3 nights. The reaction was diluted with brine, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford 1.92 g (7.98 mmol) 3-oxo-3-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester as a clear oil.
    Step 3: To a stirred slurry of 0.92 g (23 mmol) NaH, 60% dispersion in mineral oil, in 30 mL anhydrous THF, cooled 0° C. in ice, 5.12 g (21.3 mmol) 3-oxo-3-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-propionic acid ethyl ester from Step 2 was added dropwise over the course of 60 min. The reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 1 hr. 2-bromoacetophenone (5.57 g, 28 mmol) in 12 mL anhydrous THF was then added dropwise at 0° C. and the reaction was allowed to stir at room temperature over 5 days. The reaction was poured into brine, extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated to afford 8.85 g (24.6 mmol, 115% yield) 4-oxo-4-phenyl-2-(4-propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester as an oil. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
    Step 4: To a solution of 7.63 g (21.3 mmol) 4-oxo-4-phenyl-2-(4-propyl-cyclohexanecarbonyl)-butyric acid ethyl ester in 66 mL toluene was added 36 mL 3M aqueous sodium hydroxide and 0.32 g (0.96 mmol) tetra-n-butylammonium hydrogen sulfate. The reaction was heated to reflux over 16 hr, allowed to cool and poured into brine. The solution was extracted two times with ether and concentrated to give an oil. The crude product was chromatographed on silica to give 1.44 g 1-phenyl-4-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-butane-1,4-dione as a red solid.
    Step 5: A solution of 1.43 g (5 mmol) 1-phenyl-4-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-butane-1,4-dione and 0.75 g (10 mmol) glycine 16 mL of acetic acid was heated to reflux for 100 min. The solution was concentrated and redissolved in 5% aqueous H2SO4. The solution was extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to afford 0.91 g [2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid as a tan solid which was carried on to the next step without purification.
    Step 6: To a solution of 0.91 g (2.8 mmol) [2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetic acid in 28 mL anhydrous DMF was added 2.27 g (14 mmol) carbonyldiimidazole. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 50 min, upon which time was added 2.52 g (14 mmol) guanidine carbonate, 0.17 g (1.4 mmol) 4-dimethylaminopyridine, and 2.83 g (28 mmol) triethylamine. The reaction was stirred at room temperature over 16 hr. The solution was filtered to remove the precipitate that formed, was diluted with ethyl acetate, and was washed three times with brine. Drying over MgSO4 and concentration afforded 1.49 g of N-{2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine as a yellow-brown oil. The product was observed to contain DMF by 1H NMR. However, it was used in the next step without further purification.
    Step 7: A solution of 1.34 g (3.6 mmol) N-{2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine from Step 6 in 36 mL anhydrous THF was cooled to 0° C. in ice. 1.62 mL (1.62 mmol) di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (1.0M solution in THF) was added dropwise and the reaction was stirred at 0° C. for 30 minutes. 25 mL water was added and the reaction mixture was poured into brine and extracted twice with ethyl acetate. The organic phase was concentrated and the residue was purified by Gilson preparative 4HPLC to afford 0.23 g of the recovered guanidine and 0.133 g (0.28 mmol) of N-Boc-N′-{2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine [2LC-MS data; molecular ion and retention time): m/z 466.7 (M+H); 3.91 min] as an oil.
    Step 8: In a 10 mL glass microwave reaction vessel under nitrogen, 17 mg (0.425 mmol) sodium hydride (obtained as a 60% dispersion in mineral oil) was slurried with a solution of 0.133 g (0.28 mmol) N-Boc-N′-{2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propyl-cyclohexyl)-pyrrol-1-yl]-acetyl}-guanidine from Step 8 in 4 ml anhydrous DMF, and 41 mg (0.28 mmol) 3-bromopropionitrile. The reaction vessel was capped and microwave at 150° C. for 460 sec in a microwave reactor. (Emrys™ Microwave Synthesizer, Personal Chemistry Inc., Foxboro, Mass.) The reaction was concentrated and redissolved in 2 mL CH2Cl2. 0.66 mL trifluoroacetic acid was added and the reactions were shaken for 1 hr. The reactions were then concentrated, redissolved in DMSO:MeCN (4:1) and purified by Gilson preparative 4HPLC to afford 34.5 mg of the title compound [2LC-MS data; molecular ion and retention time): m/z 434 (M+H); 2.77 min] as an oil.
    • EXAMPLE 474 Preparation of (N-(3-Cyano-propyl)-N′-[2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine)
  • Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00084
  • Step 1: A solution of 5.67 g (45 mmol) cyclohexyl methyl ketone in 27 mL anhydrous methanol was cooled to +10° C. in an ice bath and 9.58 g (60 mmol) bromine was added all at once. The reaction was stirred at +10° C. for 45 minutes, upon which time 7.5 mL of water was added. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for a further 2.5 hr and concentrated. The crude product was taken up in ether and washed with brine. The organic phase was dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to afford crude 2-bromo-1-cyclohexyl-ethanone. The product was used immediately in the next step without further purification.
    Step 2: To a stirred slurry of 1.44 g (36 mmol) sodium hydride, obtained as a 60% dispersion in mineral oil, in 45 mL anhydrous THF, at 0° C., was added dropwise 6.48 g (33.75 mmol) ethyl benzoyl acetate. The resulting slurry was stirred at 0° C. for 0.5 hr, upon which time was added dropwise the entire sample of 2-bromo-1-cyclohexyl-ethanone obtained in Step 1. The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 24 hr and poured into 0.4 L brine. The brine was shaken with ethyl acetate twice and the combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated to afford 14.37 g (45.4 mmol, >100% yield) of 2-benzoyl-4-cyclohexyl-4-oxo-butyric acid ethyl ester. The product was used in the next step without further purification.
    Steps 3 and 4: 2-Benzoyl-4-cyclohexyl-4-oxo-butyric acid ethyl ester was converted to N″-[(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine following the procedure given in Example 473, Steps 5 and 6 [LC/MS data; molecular ion and retention time): m/z 325 (M+H); 2.43 min] as a white solid.
    Step 5: N″-[(2-Cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine was converted to N-(3-cyano-propyl)-N′-[2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine following the procedure given in Example 473, Steps 7 and 8 [LC/MS data; molecular ion and retention time): m/z 392 (M+H); 2.47 min] as an oil.
    • EXAMPLE 475 Evaluation of BACE-1 Binding Affinity of Test Compounds
  • 1. Fluorescent Kinetic Assays
  • Final Assay Conditions: 10 nM human BACE1 (or 10 nM Murine BACE1, 1.5 nM human BACE2), 25 μM substrate (WABC-6, MW 1549.6, from AnaSpec), Buffer: 50 mM Na-Acetate, pH 4.5, 0.05% CHAPS, 25% PBS, room temperature. Na-Acetate was from Aldrich, Cat. # 24, 124-5, CHAPS was from Research Organics, Cat. # 1304C1×, PBS was from Mediatech (Cellgro), Cat# 21-031-CV, peptide substrate AbzSEVNLDAEFRDpa was from AnaSpec, Peptide Name: WABC-6
    Determination of stock substrate (AbzSEVNLDAEFRDpa) concentration: ˜25 mM stock solution is made in DMSO using the peptide weight and MW, and diluted to ˜25 μM (1:1000) in 1×PBS. Concentration is determined by absorbance at 354 nm using an extinction coefficient ε of 18172 M−1 cm−1, the concentration of stock substrate is corrected, and the substrate stock stored in small aliquots in −80° C.

  • [Substrate Stock]=ABS354 nm*106/18172 (in mM)
  • The extinction coefficient ε354 nm was adapted from TACE peptide substrate, which had the same quencher-fluorophore pair.
    Determination of Stock Enzyme Concentration: the stock concentration of each enzyme is determined by absorbance at 280 nm using of 64150 M−1 cm−1 for hBACE1 and MuBACE1, 62870 M−1 cm−1 for hBACE2 in 6 M Guanidinium Hydrochloride (from Research Organics, Cat. # 5134G-2), pH ˜6. The extinction coefficient ε280 nm for each enzyme was calculated based on known amino acid composition and published extinction coefficients for Trp (5.69 M−1 cm−1) and Tyr (1.28 M−1 cm−1) residues (Anal. Biochem. 182, 319-326).
    Dilution and mixing steps: total reaction volume: 100 μL
  • 2× inhibitor dilutions in buffer A (66.7 mM Na-Acetate, pH 4.5, 0.0667% CHAPS) were prepared,
  • 4× enzyme dilution in buffer A (66.7 mM Na-Acetate, pH 4.5, 0.0667% CHAPS) were prepared,
  • 100 μM substrate dilution in 1×PBS was prepared, and
  • 50 μL 2× Inhibitor, 25 μL 100 μM substrate are added to each well of 96-well plate (from DYNEX Technologies, VWR #: 11311-046), immediately followed by 25 μL 4× enzyme (added to the inhibitor and substrate mix), and the fluorescence readings are initiated.
  • Fluorescence Readings: Readings at λex 320 nm and λem 420 nm are taken every 40 sec for 30 min at room temperature and the linear slope for substrate cleavage rate (vi) determined.
    • Calculation of % Inhibition:

  • % Inhibition=100*(1−v i /v o)
  • vi: substrate cleavage rate in the presence of inhibitor
    vo: substrate cleavage rate in the absence of inhibitor
    • IC50 Determination:

  • % Inhibition=((B*IC 50 n)+(100*I 0 n))/(IC 50 n +I 0 n)
  • (Model # 39 from LSW Tool Bar in Excel where B is the % inhibition from the enzyme control, which should be close to 0.) % Inhibition is plotted vs. Inhibitor Concentration (I0) and the data fit to the above equation to obtain IC50 value and Hill number (n) for each compound. Testing at least 10 different inhibitor concentrations is preferred. The data obtained are shown below in Table XXV.
  • TABLE XXV
    IC50 (μM)
    Ex. No. BACE 1
    1 C
    11 C
    15 C
    16 C
    19 C
    21 B
    30 C
    32 B
    35 C
    36 C
    44 C
    46 C
    56 C
    57 C
    68 C
    70 C
    87 C
    91 C
    94 C
    96 C
    110 C
    133 C
    135 B
    147 C
    162 C
    169 C
    170 C
    185 C
    231 C
    233 C
    235 C
    236 C
    242 C
    244 B
    258 C
    267 C
    271 C
    273 C
    274 C
    277 C
    280 C
    282 B
    283 C
    309 B
    310 B
    311 C
    312 B
    313 B
    314 A
    315 B
    316 B
    317 B
    318 C
    319 B
    320 B
    321 B
    322 B
    323 B
    324 B
    325 B
    326 B
    327 B
    328 B
    329 B
    330 C
    331 C
    332 B
    333 B
    334 B
    335 C
    336 B
    337 B
    338 C
    389 B
    390 B
    391 B
    392 C
    393 B
    394 B
    395 B
    396 B
    397 B
    398 B
    400 B
    401 C
    402 B
    404 B
    405 B
    406 B
    407 C
    408 B
    409 C
    410 B
    411 B
    412 B
    413 C
    414 B
    415 B
    416 B
    417 B
    418 B
    419 B
    420 B
    421 B
    422 B
    423 B
    424 B
    425 B
    426 B
    431 B
    447 C
    449 B
    450 B
    451 C
    452 C
    453 C
    454 C
    461 B
    462 B
    463 B
    464 B
    465 B
    467 B
    468 B
    469 B
    470 B
    472 C
    473 C
    474 C
    For Table XXV
    A = 0.01 μM-0.10 μM
    B = 0.11 μM-1.00 μM
    C = 1.10 μM-5.0 μM
    D = >5.0 μM

Claims (20)

1. A compound of formula I
Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00085
wherein
X is N or CR5;
Y is N or CR6;
Z is CO or (CH2)n;
n is 0, 1, 2 or 3;
R is H, alkyl or aryl;
R1 and R2 are each independently cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
R3 and R4 are each independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, alkanoyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R3 and R4 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S; and
R5 and R6 are each independently halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkoxy or haloalkoxy; or
a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
2. The compound according to claim 1 wherein X is CR5; Y is CR6; and R is H.
3. The compound according to claim 1 wherein R is H; R1 is phenyl and R2 is cycloalkyl.
4. The compound according to claim 1 having the structure of formula Ia
Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00086
wherein
X, Y, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula I hereinabove;
R7, R8, R9 and R10 are each independently H, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR11, COR11, CONR12R13, NR12R13, NR14COR15, NR14SO2R15 or NR14CONR16R17;
R11 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
R12, R13, R16 and R17 are each independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R12 and R13 or R16 and R17 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S;
R14 is H, alkyl or cycloalkyl; and
R15 is alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
5. The compound according to claim 2 wherein Z is (CH2)n; n is 0; and R2 is adamantyl.
6. The compound according to claim 4 wherein X and Y are CH; and R7 and R9 are H.
7. The compound according to claim 5 wherein X and Y are CH and R is H.
8. The compound according to claim 6 wherein R8 and R10 are each independently H, halogen or OR11.
9. The compound according to claim 1 selected from the group consisting of:
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-2,4-dichlorobenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-4-bromobenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-methoxybenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-methylbenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-2-phenoxyacetamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-bromobenzamide;
2-{2-[4-(allyloxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(2-methylprop-2-enyl)oxy]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-[4-(but-3-enyloxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(4-cyanobenzyl)oxy]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-[4-(3-cyanopropoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-{[(2S)-2-methylbutyl]oxy}phenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
methyl (2R)-3-{[(Z)-amino({[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)methyl]amino}-2-methylpropanoate;
2-{[(Z)-amino({[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)methyl]amino}ethyl acetate;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pent-4-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(4-cyanobutoxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(hex-5-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-{4-[2-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-isopropylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-isobutylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-pentylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(1,1′-biphenyl-4-yl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-bromophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(ethylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(propylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-{[(Z)-({[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)(amino)methyl]amino}ethyl acetate;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-cyanoethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1E)-amino{[2-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)ethyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(4-hydroxybutyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(2R)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(2S)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(isobutylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
ethyl 4-{[(Z)-({[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)(amino)methyl]amino}butanoate;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1E)-amino(cyclopropylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(cyclohexylmethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(trans-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1E)-amino{[3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(3-methoxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1E)-amino(cycloheptylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-thien-2-ylethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-aminobenzyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-thien-3-ylethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
N-allyl-4-(1-{2-[((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)benzamide;
N-allyl-4-(1-{2-[((1Z)-amino{[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)benzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(2-thien-2-ylethyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-aminobenzyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(ethylsulfonyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
N-(3-cyano-propyl)-N′-[2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine;
N″-{[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine;
N″-{[2-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine;
N″-({2-[3-(cyanomethyl)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine;
N″-({2-[4-(2-cyanoethyl)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine;
N″-[(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-ethylbenzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-cyclopropylbenzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-cyanoethyl)benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-propylbenzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(sec-butyl)benzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-methylbenzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)benzamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(trans-4-propylcyclohexyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
a tautomer thereof;
a stereoisomer thereof; and
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
10. A method for the treatment of a disease or disorder associated with excessive BACE activity in a patient in need thereof which comprises providing to said patient an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
11. The method according to claim 10 wherein said disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of: Alzheimer's disease; cognitive impairment; Down's Syndrome; HCHWA-D; cognitive decline; senile dementia; cerebral amyloid angiopathy; and a neurodegenerative disorder.
12. The method according to claim 10 wherein said disease or disorder is characterized by production of β-amyloid deposits or neurofibrillary tangles.
13. A method for modulating the activity of BACE comprising contacting a receptor thereof with an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
14. A method for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease in a patient in need thereof which comprises providing to said patient an effective amount of a compound of claim 4.
15. A method of inhibiting BACE comprising administering to a mammal an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
16. A method of ameliorating β-amyloid deposits or neurofibrillary tangles in a mammal comprising administering to said mammal an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
17. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier and an effective amount of a compound of claim 1.
18. The composition according to claim 17 wherein said compound has the structure of formula Ia
Figure US20080287424A1-20081120-C00087
wherein
X, Y, R3 and R4 are as defined for formula I hereinabove;
R7, R8, R9 and R10 are each independently H, halogen, alkyl, haloalkyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR11, COR11, CONR12R13, NR12R13, NR14COR15, NR14SO2R15 or NR14CONR16R17;
R11 is H, alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl;
R12, R13, R16 and R17 are each independently H, alkyl, alkoxy, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or R12 and R13 or R16 and R17 may be taken together with the atom to which they are attached to form a 5- to 7-membered ring optionally containing an additional heteroatom selected from O, N or S;
R14 is H, alkyl or cycloalkyl; and
R15 is alkyl, haloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, cycloheteroalkyl, aryl or heteroaryl or
a tautomer thereof, a stereoisomer thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
19. The composition according to claim 17 having a formula I compound wherein X and Y are CH; Z is (CH2)n; n is 0; R is H; R1 is phenyl and R2 is adamantyl.
20. The composition according to claim 17 having a formula I compound selected from the group consisting of:
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2-chlorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(3-methoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(3-methoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(4-fluorophenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-(2,5-dimethoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(4-methylpiperidin-1-yl)carbonyl]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-2,4-dichlorobenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-4-bromobenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-methoxybenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-methylbenzamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-2-phenoxyacetamide;
N-{4-[1-(2-{[amino(imino)methyl]amino}-2-oxoethyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl]phenyl}-3-bromobenzamide;
2-{2-[4-(allyloxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[amino(imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(2-methylprop-2-enyl)oxy]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-[4-(but-3-enyloxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-(2-{4-[(4-cyanobenzyl)oxy]phenyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-ethoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-{2-[4-(3-cyanopropoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetamide;
N-[amino(imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-{[(2S)-2-methylbutyl]oxy}phenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
methyl (2R)-3-{[(Z)-amino({[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)methyl]amino}-2-methylpropanoate;
2-{[(Z)-amino({[2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)methyl]amino}ethyl acetate;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pent-4-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(4-cyanobutoxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(hex-5-enyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-(2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-{4-[2-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)ethoxy]phenyl}-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-{2-(2-chlorophenyl)-5-[4-(pentyloxy)phenyl]-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-isopropylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-isobutylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-pentylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(1,1′-biphenyl-4-yl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-bromophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-[[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino](imino)methyl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyanophenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(4-propylphenyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
2-[2-(4-butoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
2-[2-(4-cyclohexylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}-2-[2-(4-phenoxyphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
2-{2-[4-(4-acetylphenoxy)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}-N-{imino[(2,3,4-trifluorobenzyl)amino]methyl}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(ethylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(propylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-{[(Z)-({[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)(amino)methyl]amino}ethyl acetate;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-hydroxyethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-cyanoethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1E)-amino{[2-(1,3-dioxolan-2-yl)ethyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(4-hydroxybutyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(tetrahydrofuran-2-ylmethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(2R)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(2S)-2-hydroxypropyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,3-dihydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1Z)-amino(isobutylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
ethyl 4-{[(Z)-({[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}imino)(amino)methyl]amino}butanoate;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1E)-amino(cyclopropylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(cyclohexylmethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(trans-4-hydroxycyclohexyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1E)-amino{[3-(1H-imidazol-1-yl)propyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(3-methoxypropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(2-methoxyethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-[(1E)-amino(cycloheptylamino)methylene]acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-((1Z)-amino{[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-thien-2-ylethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(3-aminobenzyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1E)-amino[(2-thien-3-ylethyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
N-allyl-4-(1-{2-[((1Z)-amino{[(5-methyl-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)benzamide;
N-allyl-4-(1-{2-[((1Z)-amino{[(4-methyl-1,3-thiazol-2-yl)methyl]amino}methylene)amino]-2-oxoethyl}-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl)benzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(2-thien-2-ylethyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-aminobenzyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
2-[2-(1-adamantyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]-N-{(1Z)-amino[(ethylsulfonyl)amino]methylene}acetamide;
N-(3-cyano-propyl)-N′-[2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-pyrrol-1-yl)-acetyl]-guanidine;
N″-{[2-(4-butylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine;
N″-{[2-(2,5-dimethylphenyl)-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetyl}guanidine;
N″-({2-[3-(cyanomethyl)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine;
N″-({2-[4-(2-cyanoethyl)phenyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl}acetyl)guanidine;
N″-[(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetyl]guanidine;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-ethylbenzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-cyclopropylbenzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-hydroxyethyl)benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-cyanoethyl)benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-propylbenzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2-methoxyethyl)benzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(sec-butyl)benzamide;
N-allyl-4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-methylbenzamide;
4-{1-[2-({(1E)-amino[(3-hydroxypropyl)amino]methylene}amino)-2-oxoethyl]-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-2-yl}-N-(2,2,3,3,3-pentafluoropropyl)benzamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-[2-phenyl-5-(trans-4-propylcyclohexyl)-1H-pyrrol-1-yl]acetamide;
N-{(1E)-amino[(3-cyanopropyl)amino]methylene}-2-(2-cyclohexyl-5-phenyl-1H-pyrrol-1-yl)acetamide;
a tautomer thereof;
a stereoisomer thereof; and
a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
US12/173,303 2005-02-14 2008-07-15 AZOLYLACYLGUANIDINES AS beta-SECRETASE INHIBITORS Abandoned US20080287424A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US12/173,303 US20080287424A1 (en) 2005-02-14 2008-07-15 AZOLYLACYLGUANIDINES AS beta-SECRETASE INHIBITORS

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US65269605P 2005-02-14 2005-02-14
US11/352,820 US7488832B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-02-13 Azolylacylguanidines as β-secretase inhibitors
US12/173,303 US20080287424A1 (en) 2005-02-14 2008-07-15 AZOLYLACYLGUANIDINES AS beta-SECRETASE INHIBITORS

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/352,820 Division US7488832B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-02-13 Azolylacylguanidines as β-secretase inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080287424A1 true US20080287424A1 (en) 2008-11-20

Family

ID=36586172

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/352,820 Expired - Fee Related US7488832B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-02-13 Azolylacylguanidines as β-secretase inhibitors
US12/173,303 Abandoned US20080287424A1 (en) 2005-02-14 2008-07-15 AZOLYLACYLGUANIDINES AS beta-SECRETASE INHIBITORS

Family Applications Before (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/352,820 Expired - Fee Related US7488832B2 (en) 2005-02-14 2006-02-13 Azolylacylguanidines as β-secretase inhibitors

Country Status (14)

Country Link
US (2) US7488832B2 (en)
EP (1) EP1848692A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2008530103A (en)
KR (1) KR20070102751A (en)
CN (1) CN101146769A (en)
AU (1) AU2006214627A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0606902A2 (en)
CA (1) CA2597594A1 (en)
IL (1) IL185185A0 (en)
MX (1) MX2007009864A (en)
NO (1) NO20074148L (en)
RU (1) RU2007131043A (en)
WO (1) WO2006088711A1 (en)
ZA (1) ZA200707650B (en)

Families Citing this family (37)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7763609B2 (en) 2003-12-15 2010-07-27 Schering Corporation Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
ATE444962T1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2009-10-15 Wyeth Corp AMINO-5,5-DIPHENYLIMIDAZOLONE DERIVATIVES FOR BETA SECRETASE INHIBITION
MXPA06014792A (en) 2004-06-16 2007-02-16 Wyeth Corp Diphenylimidazopyrimidine and -imidazole amines as inhibitors of b-secretase.
BRPI0606690A2 (en) * 2005-01-14 2009-07-14 Wyeth Corp compound; use of the compound to treat a disease or disorder associated with excessive bace activity; and pharmaceutical composition
EP1844035A1 (en) * 2005-02-01 2007-10-17 Wyeth Amino-pyridines as inhibitors of beta-secretase
WO2007002214A2 (en) * 2005-06-21 2007-01-04 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Acyl guanidines as beta-secretase inhibitors
US7273882B2 (en) * 2005-06-21 2007-09-25 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Aminoacetamide acyl guanidines as β-secretase inhibitors
TW200738683A (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-10-16 Wyeth Corp Amino-5-(5-membered)heteroarylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for β-secretase modulation
AU2006266167A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-11 Wyeth Amino-5-(6-membered)heteroarylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
TW200730523A (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-08-16 Wyeth Corp Cycloalkyl amino-hydantoin compounds and use thereof for β-secretase modulation
CA2623245A1 (en) * 2005-09-26 2007-04-05 Wyeth Amino-5- [4- (difluoromethoxy) phenyl] -5-phenylimidazolone compounds as inhibitors of the beta-secretase (bace)
ES2572263T3 (en) 2005-10-25 2016-05-31 Shionogi & Co Dihydrooxazine and tetrahydropyrimidine derivatives as BACE 1 inhibitors
JP2009520027A (en) * 2005-12-19 2009-05-21 ワイス 2-Amino-5-piperidinylimidazolone compounds and their use in the regulation of β-secretase
WO2007100536A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-09-07 Wyeth DIHYDROSPIRO[DIBENZO[A,D][7]ANNULENE-5,4'-IMIDAZOL] COMPOUNDS FOR THE INHIBITION OF β-SECRETASE
US7700606B2 (en) * 2006-08-17 2010-04-20 Wyeth Llc Imidazole amines as inhibitors of β-secretase
CA2662348A1 (en) * 2006-09-21 2008-03-27 Wyeth Indolylalkylpyridin-2-amines for the inhibition of .beta.-secretase
PE20090160A1 (en) * 2007-03-20 2009-02-11 Wyeth Corp AMINO-5- [4- (DIFLUOROMETOXI) SUBSTITUTE PHENYL] -5-PHENYLIMIDAZOLONE COMPOUNDS AS ß-SECRETASE INHIBITORS
AR065814A1 (en) * 2007-03-23 2009-07-01 Wyeth Corp DERIVATIVES OF 5-PHENYLIMIDAZOLONE, INHIBITORS OF BETA-SECRETASA, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT CONTAIN THEM AND USES TO PREVENT AND / OR TREAT ASSOCIATED DISORDERS AT LEVELS BETA-AMYLOOES ELEVATED.
EP2151435A4 (en) * 2007-04-24 2011-09-14 Shionogi & Co Pharmaceutical composition for treatment of alzheimer's disease
EP2147914B1 (en) 2007-04-24 2014-06-04 Shionogi&Co., Ltd. Aminodihydrothiazine derivatives substituted with cyclic groups
RU2531915C2 (en) * 2008-06-09 2014-10-27 Людвиг-Максимилианс-Универзитет Мюнхен New drug preparation for inhibiting aggregation of proteins involved in diseases related to aggregation of proteins, and neurodegenerative diseases
KR101324426B1 (en) 2008-06-13 2013-10-31 시오노기세야쿠 가부시키가이샤 SULFUR-CONTAINING HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVE HAVING β-SECRETASE-INHIBITING ACTIVITY
EP2360155A4 (en) * 2008-10-22 2012-06-20 Shionogi & Co 2-aminopyridin-4-one and 2-aminopyridine derivative both having bace1-inhibiting activity
EP2184276A1 (en) * 2008-11-07 2010-05-12 Universite Paul Cezanne Aix-Marseille Iii Process to prepare new substituted 1H-Benzo(d) imidazol-2(3h)-Ones, New intermediates and their use as bace 1 inhibitors
JPWO2010113848A1 (en) 2009-03-31 2012-10-11 塩野義製薬株式会社 Isothiourea derivative or isourea derivative having BACE1 inhibitory action
DK2455376T3 (en) * 2009-06-11 2015-03-02 Abbvie Bahamas Ltd Heterocyclic compounds as inhibitors of hepatitis C virus (HCV)
US8937150B2 (en) 2009-06-11 2015-01-20 Abbvie Inc. Anti-viral compounds
CN102834384A (en) 2009-12-11 2012-12-19 盐野义制药株式会社 Oxazine derivative
NZ605440A (en) 2010-06-10 2014-05-30 Abbvie Bahamas Ltd Solid compositions comprising an hcv inhibitor
WO2012057248A1 (en) 2010-10-29 2012-05-03 塩野義製薬株式会社 Naphthyridine derivative
US9018219B2 (en) 2010-10-29 2015-04-28 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Fused aminodihydropyrimidine derivative
EP2703399A4 (en) 2011-04-26 2014-10-15 Shionogi & Co Oxazine derivative and bace 1 inhibitor containing same
US10201584B1 (en) 2011-05-17 2019-02-12 Abbvie Inc. Compositions and methods for treating HCV
US9034832B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-05-19 Abbvie Inc. Solid compositions
WO2014065434A1 (en) 2012-10-24 2014-05-01 Shionogi & Co., Ltd. Dihydrooxazine or oxazepine derivatives having bace1 inhibitory activity
US11484534B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2022-11-01 Abbvie Inc. Methods for treating HCV
WO2015103490A1 (en) 2014-01-03 2015-07-09 Abbvie, Inc. Solid antiviral dosage forms

Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4140793A (en) * 1976-06-05 1979-02-20 John Wyeth & Brother, Ltd. Guanidine derivatives
US4225613A (en) * 1978-05-20 1980-09-30 John Wyeth & Brother Limited 1H-Pyrrole-1-acetamide compounds and their pharmaceutical compositions
US6054457A (en) * 1995-06-09 2000-04-25 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Benzamide derivatives and their use as vasopressin antagonists
US6399824B1 (en) * 2000-09-22 2002-06-04 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Substituted cinnamic, acid guanidides, process for their preparation, their use as a medicament, and medicament comprising them
US6656957B1 (en) * 1997-07-11 2003-12-02 Novartis Ag Pyridine derivatives
US6689804B2 (en) * 1999-07-21 2004-02-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease
US6974829B2 (en) * 2002-05-07 2005-12-13 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Succinoyl aminopyrazoles and related compounds
US20050282826A1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2005-12-22 Wyeth Diphenylimidazopyrimidine and -imidazole amines as inhibitors of beta-secretase
US20050282825A1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2005-12-22 Wyeth Amino-5,5-diphenylimidazolone derivatives for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20060111370A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2006-05-25 Schering Corporation Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
US20060160828A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Wyeth Amino-imidazolones for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20060173049A1 (en) * 2005-02-01 2006-08-03 Wyeth Amino-pyridines as inhibitors of beta-secretase
US20060183792A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2006-08-17 Wyeth Substituted thienyl and furyl acylguanidines and methods of their use as beta-secretase modulators
US20070004730A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Wyeth Amino-5-(6-membered)heteroarylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070004786A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Wyeth Amino-5-(5-membered)hetero-arylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070027199A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Wyeth Cycloalkyl amino-hydantoin compounds and use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070072925A1 (en) * 2005-09-26 2007-03-29 Wyeth Amino-5-[4-(difluoromehtoxy)phenyl]-5-phenylimidazolone compounds for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20070191431A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2007-08-16 Wyeth 2-Amino-5-piperidinylimidazolone compounds and use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070203116A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-08-30 Wyeth Dihydrospiro[dibenzo[a,d][7]annulene-5,4'-imidazol] compounds for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US7285682B2 (en) * 2005-02-14 2007-10-23 Wyeth Terphenyl guanidines as β-secretase inhibitors
US20080051390A1 (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-02-28 Wyeth Imidazole amines as inhibitors of beta-secretase

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE2901362A1 (en) 1978-01-25 1979-07-26 Sandoz Ag GUANIDE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
GB8525013D0 (en) * 1985-10-10 1985-11-13 Wyeth John & Brother Ltd Antidiarrhoel agents
ZA967800B (en) 1995-09-20 1997-04-03 Yamanouchi Pharma Co Ltd Heteroaryllsubstituted acryloylguanidine derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions comprising them
GB9611046D0 (en) 1996-05-25 1996-07-31 Wivenhoe Techn Ltd Pharmacological compounds
GB2323841A (en) 1997-04-04 1998-10-07 Ferring Bv Group Holdings Pyridine derivatives with anti-tumor and anti-inflammatory activity
DE10024319A1 (en) 2000-05-17 2001-11-22 Merck Patent Gmbh New bis-acylguanidine compounds are subtype-1 cellular sodium ion-proton antiporter inhibitors useful e.g. for treating arrhythmia, angina pectoris, infarction and insulin-independent diabetes mellitus
WO2003053938A1 (en) 2001-12-20 2003-07-03 Novo Nordisk A/S Benzimidazols and indols as glucagon receptor antagonists/inverse agonisten
WO2003064396A1 (en) 2002-02-01 2003-08-07 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Hydroxyalkanoyl aminopyrazoles and related compounds
KR20060033873A (en) 2003-07-01 2006-04-20 바이엘 크롭사이언스 게엠베하 3-pyridylcarboxamide derivatives as pesticidal agents
MY148233A (en) 2003-12-15 2013-03-29 Merck Sharp & Dohme Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
US7592348B2 (en) 2003-12-15 2009-09-22 Schering Corporation Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors

Patent Citations (21)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4140793A (en) * 1976-06-05 1979-02-20 John Wyeth & Brother, Ltd. Guanidine derivatives
US4225613A (en) * 1978-05-20 1980-09-30 John Wyeth & Brother Limited 1H-Pyrrole-1-acetamide compounds and their pharmaceutical compositions
US6054457A (en) * 1995-06-09 2000-04-25 Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. Benzamide derivatives and their use as vasopressin antagonists
US6656957B1 (en) * 1997-07-11 2003-12-02 Novartis Ag Pyridine derivatives
US6689804B2 (en) * 1999-07-21 2004-02-10 Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Small molecules useful in the treatment of inflammatory disease
US6399824B1 (en) * 2000-09-22 2002-06-04 Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh Substituted cinnamic, acid guanidides, process for their preparation, their use as a medicament, and medicament comprising them
US6974829B2 (en) * 2002-05-07 2005-12-13 Elan Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Succinoyl aminopyrazoles and related compounds
US20060111370A1 (en) * 2003-12-15 2006-05-25 Schering Corporation Heterocyclic aspartyl protease inhibitors
US20050282826A1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2005-12-22 Wyeth Diphenylimidazopyrimidine and -imidazole amines as inhibitors of beta-secretase
US20050282825A1 (en) * 2004-06-16 2005-12-22 Wyeth Amino-5,5-diphenylimidazolone derivatives for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20060160828A1 (en) * 2005-01-14 2006-07-20 Wyeth Amino-imidazolones for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20060173049A1 (en) * 2005-02-01 2006-08-03 Wyeth Amino-pyridines as inhibitors of beta-secretase
US20060183792A1 (en) * 2005-02-14 2006-08-17 Wyeth Substituted thienyl and furyl acylguanidines and methods of their use as beta-secretase modulators
US7285682B2 (en) * 2005-02-14 2007-10-23 Wyeth Terphenyl guanidines as β-secretase inhibitors
US20070004730A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Wyeth Amino-5-(6-membered)heteroarylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070004786A1 (en) * 2005-06-30 2007-01-04 Wyeth Amino-5-(5-membered)hetero-arylimidazolone compounds and the use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070027199A1 (en) * 2005-07-29 2007-02-01 Wyeth Cycloalkyl amino-hydantoin compounds and use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070072925A1 (en) * 2005-09-26 2007-03-29 Wyeth Amino-5-[4-(difluoromehtoxy)phenyl]-5-phenylimidazolone compounds for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20070191431A1 (en) * 2005-12-19 2007-08-16 Wyeth 2-Amino-5-piperidinylimidazolone compounds and use thereof for beta-secretase modulation
US20070203116A1 (en) * 2006-02-24 2007-08-30 Wyeth Dihydrospiro[dibenzo[a,d][7]annulene-5,4'-imidazol] compounds for the inhibition of beta-secretase
US20080051390A1 (en) * 2006-08-17 2008-02-28 Wyeth Imidazole amines as inhibitors of beta-secretase

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1848692A1 (en) 2007-10-31
US7488832B2 (en) 2009-02-10
NO20074148L (en) 2007-11-12
CA2597594A1 (en) 2006-08-24
IL185185A0 (en) 2007-12-03
JP2008530103A (en) 2008-08-07
WO2006088711A1 (en) 2006-08-24
AU2006214627A1 (en) 2006-08-24
MX2007009864A (en) 2007-09-04
ZA200707650B (en) 2008-11-26
US20060183790A1 (en) 2006-08-17
RU2007131043A (en) 2009-03-20
BRPI0606902A2 (en) 2009-07-28
CN101146769A (en) 2008-03-19
KR20070102751A (en) 2007-10-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US7488832B2 (en) Azolylacylguanidines as β-secretase inhibitors
US7638513B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
ES2290318T3 (en) REPLACED DERIVATIVES OF INDOLIC ACID AS INHIBITORS OF THE INHIBITOR OF THE PLASMINOGEN-1 ACTIVATOR (PAI-1).
US8039467B2 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders
US7776897B2 (en) Triazole derivative or salt thereof
US7524971B2 (en) 1,5-diarylpyrrole derivatives, preparation method thereof and application of same in therapeutics
US8017607B2 (en) N-substituted-pyrrolidines as inhibitors of MDM2-P-53 interactions
US20070167426A1 (en) Compounds for the treatment of inflammatory disorders and microbial diseases
US20050192286A1 (en) Ligands of melanocortin receptors and compositions and methods related thereto
US20100166765A1 (en) Benzoquinazoline derivatives
WO2006022442A1 (en) Novel heterocyclic amide derivatives having dihydroorotate dehydrogenase inhibiting activity
NZ552031A (en) Amino-5,5-diphenylimidazolone derivatives for the inhibition of beta-secretase
BRPI0613578A2 (en) a compound of formula i; use of a compound of formula i; and pharmaceutical composition
NO337013B1 (en) New azaibicyclic compounds, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them
KR101318690B1 (en) Arylpiperazine-containing pyrrole 3-carboxamide derivatives for treating depressive disorders
TW200829565A (en) Pyrrole derivatives, preparation thereof and therapeutic use thereof
US8586748B2 (en) 2-sulfonylamino-4-heteroaryl butyramide antagonists of CCR10
US7541361B2 (en) N-[4,5-diphenylpyrimidin-2-yl)methyl]amine derivatives, the preparation thereof and their therapeutic use
JP2010514824A (en) Substituted N- (4-cyano-1H-pyrazol-3-yl) methylamine derivatives, their preparation and their therapeutic use
TWI643847B (en) Novel benzoazepine derivatives and their medical uses

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION